ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...

FOR

THE PROPOSED NEW PROJECT

“SYNTHETIC MANMADE FIBRES & POLYESTER GRANULES”

UNDER CATEGORY OF MANMADE FIBER- OTHER THAN

RAYON)

Activity: 5(d), Category-B (Considered at Central level due to General

Condition)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT REPORT

Located at:

Survey no. 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2; Village-Velugam, U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli -396 240

EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD., VAPI – GUJARAT

(NABET Accredited Consultant Organization, Sr. No. 149 in the List of ACO/Rev.63/March. 05, 2018)

Doc. No. : U-EIA-R/201708/0 Rev. No. : 0

Release Date: 16/03/2018 Revision Date: -

For

The Proposed New Project

(Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000

TPA, Synthetic Filament Yarn @ 378000 TPA , Texturized

Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex

Yarn etc. @288000TPA, Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of

Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving

Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and

Color Master Batch Chips / granules@9000 TPA)

Under Category of Manmade Fiber- Other Than Rayon)

Activity: 5(d), Category-B but considered at Central level (Due to

applicability of GC interstate boundary with Maharashtra state & Eco

sensitive Zone falling within the 5 Km)

(Study Period: March ’16 to May ’16)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT

Located at:

Survey no. 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2;

Village-Velugam, Silvassa,

U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli -396240

EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD., VAPI – GUJARAT (NABET Accredited Consultant Organization, Sr. No. 149 in the List of ACO/Rev.63/ March. 05, 2018)

Page | I

PREFACE

The trend of the industrial development in India has shown the tremendous rise in its frequency and quantum. It has become the most essential phenomenon of the development of India. Because of the increasing industrialization many problems have shouted immediate attention towards the consequence of the problems. If attention to these problems is not given on priority basis, the future of our offspring will be horrible. To ensure better living on Earth, it has become essential to look deep in to the problems arising due to the industrialization & allied development. Each and every country facing the similar problem and hence it has become a Global issue. So, what is needed is, the clarity and presence of mind to be able to strike a proper balance between these developmental process and ecology; i.e. establishment or up-gradation of one should not lead to the degradation of other. To control the negative impact at the source is better, as Environmental problems have cumulative impact so, redemption at a later stage will lead to considerably high costs and irreversible damages. After all, there is only one world or mankind which if ruined poses a great threat to man’s continuing existence. Keeping in mind, MoEF, Delhi has published a notification vide SO 1533, dated 14th Sept 2006 regarding the necessity & applicability of Environmental Clearance for many industrial or developmental activity. This notification is intended to encourage productive and enjoyable harmony between man and his environment. The act has brought about a profound impact on actions affecting the environment by requiring environmental considerations to be included in decision making, process covering number of projects and activities. Specifically, MoEF requires each agency to prepare a detailed statement of Environmental impact before proceeding with any major action that may significantly affect the quality of the human Environment. Especially the project or activity covered under Schedule of the notification SO 1533 are required to prepare an EIA report to get Prior EC before implementation of the project activity. M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam has proposed to setup a new manufacturing unit for manufacturing of “synthetic manmade fibres & Polyester granules through continuous polymerisation of MEG & PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production” at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2; in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The present study of Environmental Impact Assessment has been conducted for the purpose of obtaining EC for proposed new project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam. and this report is being presented to depict the details of the environment, proposed new project and associated issues which are revealed during the study. Any error detected in the report is due to oversight and unintentional. All efforts will be made to cover-up the shortcomings and remove the errors from the report. In process of compiling this report, we were earnestly supported & helped by individuals of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam & various departments of Government. We are grateful to all of them as well as our team members who have worked hard to successfully complete this EIA study.

Haresh P. Joshi MD & EIA Coordinator UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi Date: 16/03/2018 Place: Vapi

Page | II

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Introduction………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1 2. Description of Project……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 3. Description of the Environment………………………………………………………………………………… 2 4. Additional Studies……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8 5. Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan……………………………………………………….. 8 6. Conclusion………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9

Page | III

INDEX

CHAPTER- 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1.General……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-1 1.1.1 About The Company…………………………………………………………………………………............... 1-1

1.1.2 About Proponent……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-1

1.2 Description of Project ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-2 1.2.1Nature & Type of Project………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-2 1.2.2 Products & Capacity of Project………………………………………………………………….……………. 1-2

1.2.3 Project Location……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-3

1.2.4 Regulatory Framework…………………………………………………………………………….….…………. 1-3

1.2.5 Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region…………………… 1-3 1.3 Terms Of Reference For Eia Study……………………………………………………………................... 1-4

1.4 Need & Scope of EIA Study………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4 1.4.1 Need of EIA Study…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4 1.4.2 Public Hearing………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-5 1.4.3 Scope & Objective of EIA Study………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5 1.5 Aprroach & Methodology of EIA Study……………………………………………………………………… 1-6 1.6 Structure of EIA Report……………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-7

CHAPTER -2: DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

2.1 Highilight of Project……………………………………………………………………………………….………….. 2-1 2.1.1Existing & Proposed Products…………………………………………………………….……................. 2-2

2.1.2 Justification of Project……………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-2

2.1.3 Project site……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-3 2.2 Resource Requirement …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-5

2.2.1 Land & Buildings………………………………………………………………………………………….…………. 2-5

2.2.2 Water…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….......... 2-6

2.2.3 Energy, Fuell & Power………………………………………………………………………………..………….. 2-6

2.2.4 Human Resource……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-7

2.2.5 Capital……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-7

2.3 Description Of Process & Allied Details……………………………………………………………………. 2-7

2.3.1 Raw materials ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-7

2.3.2 Process Details………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-8

2.4 Pollution Potentials & Control Measures…………………………………………………………………… 2-15

2.4.1 Air Pollution Sources & Control………………………………………………………………………......... 2-15

2.4.1.1 Fugitive Emission Control……………………………………………………………………………………. 2-15 2.4.2 Wastewater Generation &Management………………………………………………………………… 2-15

2.4.3 Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation & Management…………………………..………………. 2-18

2.4.4 Noise & Vibration Generation & Control………………………………………………………………… 2-19

2.4.5 Greenbelt Development ………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-19

2.5 Occupationall Health & Safety…………............................................................................ 2-19

2.5.1 Hazardous Materials & Their Management………………………………………………..………….. 2-19

2.5.2 Occupational Health Management………………………………………………………………..………. 2-20

CHEPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIONMENT

Page | IV

3.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….…………… 3-1 3.1.1 Study Area…………………………………………………....……………………………………………………….. 3-1

3.1.1.1 Environmental Baseline Data Collection………………………………………………………………. 3-4 3.1.1.1 Sampling & Montoring Locations………………………………………………………………………… 3-4 3.2 Meteorology………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….. 3-8

3.2.1 Methodology……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…. 3-8

3.2.2 Site specific metrological data…………………………………………………………………………..…… 3-8

3.2.3 Primary survey……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-8 3.2.4.1 Wind Pattern for the study period………………………………………………………………………. 3-9 3.2.4.2. Temperature………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-9 3.2.4.3 Relative humidity………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3-9 3.3 Ambient Air Quality………….…………………………………………………………………………………....... 3-11

3.3.1 Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Survey…………………………………………..……………. 3-11

3.3.1.1 Selection of Sampling Locations…………………………………………………………………………… 3-11 3.3.2. Frequency and parameters for sampling……………………………………………………………….. 3-11

3.3.3 Instruments used for sampling……………………………………………………………….................. 3-11

3.3.4. Sampling and Analytical techniques……………………………………………………….……………… 3-11

3.3.5 Sampling locations…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-12 3.3.5 Ambient air monitoring………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-12 3.3.6 Observations…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 3-12

3.4 Ambient Noise Survey………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-15

3.4.1. Methodology…………………………………………………………………………………………………….…… 3-15

3.4.2 Parameter Measured during Monitoring………………………………………………………………… 3-15

3.4.4 Results and discussion……………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-16

3.4.5 Observations ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………… 3-16

3.4.5.1 Residential Zone………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-16 3.4.5.2. Commercial Zone……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-16 3.4.5.3 Industrial Zone…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-16 3.5 Water Quality……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-17

3.5.1 Methodology………………………………………...................................................................... 3-17

3.5.2 Results of water quality……………………………………………………………………………….…………. 3-18

3.5.3 Results and Discussion …………………………………………………………………………………..……… 3-20

3.5.3.1. Primary data………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-20 3.6 Hydrogeology, Geology & Topography……………………………………………….…………………….. 3-21

3.6.1 Ground water levels in the U.T of Dadra and Nagar Haveli ……………………………………. 3-22 3.6.1.1 Pre-monsoon water levels…………………………………………………………………………………… 3-23 3.6.1.2 Post-monsoon water levels…………………………………………………………………………………. 3-23 3.6.1.2 Water level fluctuation……………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-23 3.6.2 Geological Features………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3-25 3.6.2 Topographical Features………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-25 3.7 Soil characteristics….………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3-26 3.7.1 Introduction………………………………………....................................................................... 3-26 3.7.2 Methodology ……………………………………………………………………………………………………...... 3-28 3.7.3 Results and discussion……………………………………………………………………………………......... 3-30 3.8 Ecology and Biodiversity ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-30 3.8.1 Objectives of the Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology Survey………………………………………. 3-30 3.8.2 Methodology…………………………………………………………………………………….……………….…… 3-30

Page | V

3.8.2.1. Study Area Details……………………………………………………………………………………………… 3-30 3.8.3 . Floral Diversity of the study area………………………………………………………………………… 3-30 3.8.4 Faunal Diversiry of the study area………………………………………………………………..……….. 3-34 3.8.5 Scheduled Fauna of the study area………………………………………………………………………. 3-37 3.9 Landuse/ Landcover (LU/LC) …………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-38 3.9.1.1 Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies …………………………………………………………. 3-39 3.10 Socio-Economic Environment………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-44 3.10.Out Comes ………………………………………………………………….………………………………………….. 3-45

CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1General……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4-1 4.2 Phases of Impacts Assessment Study ………………………………………………………………………. 4-1

4.3 Identification of impacts……………………………….………………………………………………………….. 4-2

4.3.1 Project Activities, Probable Impacts ………………………………………………….………………….. 4-2

4.3.2 Types, Nature & Significance of Impacts…………………………………………………………………. 4-5 4.4 Description Of Anticipated Impacts & Mitigations….……………………….………................... 4-7

4.4.1 Impact on Ambient Environment…………………………………………………….……………………… 4-7

4.4.2 Impacts on Water Environment ……………………………………………………………..…………….. 4-16 4.4.3 Impacts On Land Environment………………………………................................................... 4-19 4.4.4 Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity ………………………………………………………………………. 4-21 4.4.5 Socio- Economics …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4-23

4.4.6 Impacts On Work Environment………………………………………………………………………………. 4-25

4.4.7 Impacts due to Hazardous/Non Hazardous Waste Management …………………………… 4-27

CHAPTER-5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 General……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-1 5.2 Site Selection…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5-1

5.3 Alternative Technologies………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5-2

CHAPTER-6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 General……………………………………………………………………..…………………………….……………..... 6-1 6.1.1 Objective of Environmental Monitoring Program……………………………………………........ 6-1 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Program…………………………….………………………………………..... 6-2

6.3 Documentation & Reporting……………………………………………………………………………………… 6-4

CHAPTER-7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 General……………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………… 7-1 7.2 Public Consultation………………………………………………………………………..……………..………….. 7-1

7.3 Risk Assesment & Disaster management…………………………………………………………………… 7-1

7.4 Social Study And R & R Action Plan……………………………………………………………………………. 7-1

CHAPTER-8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Imporovement In Infrastructures………………………………………………………………………………. 8-1 8.2 Employment Potential…………………………………………………………………………………….………… 8-1

8.3 Other Tangible & Intangible Benifits…………………………………………………………………..…….. 8-1

CHAPTER-9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis…………………………………………………………….…………… 9-1

Page | VI

CHAPTER-10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...... 10-1 10.1.1 Environmental Policy……………………………………………………………………….…………………… 10-1

10.1.2 Objective……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10-1 10.1.3 Purpose………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10-2 10.1.4 Scope………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...... 10-2 10.2 Budgetary Provision for EMS…………………………………………………………………………………… 10-2

10.3 Environmental management Cell……………………………………………………………………………. 10-3

10.4 Environmental management Plan……………………………………………………………………………. 10-7 10.4.1 Air Quality and Air Pollution Control……………………………………………………………………. 10-7

10.4.2 Water Pollution prevention & control………………………………………………………………….. 10-10

10.4.3 Hydrology, Groundwater & Water Conservation………………………………………………….. 10-13

10.4.4 Land use…………………..…………………………………………………………………………………..……… 10-15 10.4.5 Soil Conservation……………………………………………………………………………….…………........ 10-15 10.4.6 Noise & Vibration prevention & Control………………………………………………………..……. 10-17

10.4.7 Hazardous waste & Industrial solid waste Management…………………………………...... 10-20

10.5 Occupational Health and Safety………………………………………………………………………………. 10-23 10.6 Ecological Conservation & Protection……………………………………………………………..……… 10-26 10.7 Greenbelt Devlopment Plan…………………………………………………………………………………… 10-29

10.8 Management of Socio- Economics issue……………………………………………………….……….. 10-30

10.9 Energy Conservation…………………………………………………………………………………..………….. 10-33 10.10 Rainwater Harvesting Plan……………………………………………………………………………………. 10-33 10.11 Administrative Measures………………………………………………………………………………………. 10-34

CHAPTER-11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Introduction About Project……………………………………………………………………………………… 11-1 11.2 Description of Project …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 11-1 11.3 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigations …………………………………………………………………………. 11-2 11.4 Conclusion ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11-6

CHAPTER-12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.1. ABOUT UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT & RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD…………………………….. 12-1

Page | VII

LIST OF ANNEXURE

ANNEXURE - I Awarded TOR & its compliance status…………………………………………………………… ANNEXURE - II Environmental Methods ………………………………………………………………………………. ANNEXURE - III CSR Activity Plan …………………………………………………………………………………………… ANNEXURE - IV Plant & machineries ……………………………………………………………………………………… ANNEXURE - V Risk Assessment study report of the proposed project………………………………….. ANNEXURE - VI List of Flora Fauna of Study area …………………………………………………………………… ANNEXURE -VII Wildlife Conservation Plan…………………………………………………………………. ANNEXURE - VIII Additional Documents …………………………………………………………………………………… A. Land Document

B. DNH-PDA C. Damanganga Canal Authority …………………..……. D. List of Major Industries E. Wildlife distance map application

Page | VIII

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1 Approach & Methodology of EIA Study……………………………….……………………………. 1-7 Figure 2.1 Map Of Project Site…………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-4 Figure 2.2 Plant Layout…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-5 Figure 2.3 Flow Diagram of Propose ETP……………………………………………………………………………. 2-18 Figure 2.4 Water Balance Diagram……………………………………………………………….…………………. 2-18 Figure 3.1 Base Map of Study Area Locations………………………………………………………………….. 3-3 Figure 3.2 Sampling & Monitoring Locations (Study area-10 km)…………………………………….. 3-7 Figure 3.3 Site specific wind rose for the study period (Wind Blowing to)……………………….. 3-10 Figure 3.4 Hydro geological Features……………………………………………………………………………….. 3-22 Figure 3.5(a) Depth to water level map May 2012………………………………………………………………. 3-24 Figure 3.5(b) Water level Fluctuation map November 2012………………………………………………… 3-24 Figure 3.6 Topographic Map……………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-26 Figure 3.7 Soil map of D & NH………………………………………………………………………………………… 3-28 Figure 3.8 Reserved Forest and Wild life sanctuary map of D&NH…………………………………… 3-32 Figure 3.9 Study Area as captured in 2017 Winter Season (Source –RS LISS4-FMX)…………. 3-39 Figure 3.10 Graphical Representation of Land covers………………………………………………………… 3-41 Figure 3.11 Land use Map of Study Area……………………………………………………………………………. 3-42 Figure 4.1 Probable Impacts & Mitigation (Operation Phase)…………………………………………. 4-5 Figure 4.2 Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of PM25………………………………. 4-12 Figure 4.3 Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of PM10 …………………………….. 4-13 Figure 4.4 Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of SOx................................. 4-13 Figure 4.5 Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of NOx................................. 4-14 Figure 4.6 Contour of Predicted 1 Hourly Incremental GLC of CO...................................... 4-14 Figure 10.1 Environment & Safety Management Cell………………………………………………………… 10-4

Page | IX

LIST OF TABLE Table 1.1 List Of Directors ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-1 Table 1.2 List of Products………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-1 Table 2.1 Highlight of project………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-1 Table 2.2 List of Proposed products with capacity………………………………………………………… 2-2 Table 2.3 Area Statement for the Plant Premises………………………………………………………….. 2-5 Table 2.4 Breakup of Water Requirement and Waste water Generation& disposal …….. 2-6 Table 2.5 Energy, fuel & power requirement………………………………………………………………… 2-6 Table 2.6 Human resource requirement……………………………………………………………………….. 2-7 Table 2.7 Capital cost …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-7 Table 2.8 List of Raw Material and its Consumption per Month……………………………………. 2-7 Table 2.9 Details of Raw materials their source, Storage and Mode of transport………….. 2-8 Table 2.10 Details of Utility Emission & Control Measures……………………………………………… 2-15 Table 2.11 Details of Waste water Generation……………………………………………………………….. 2-16 Table 2.12 Characteristics of Wastewater for ETP Design……………………………………………….. 2-16 Table 2.13 Details of Proposed ETP…………………………………………………………………………………. 2-16 Table 2.14 Details of solid waste generation & management………………………………………….. 2-18 Table 3.1 Salient Features of Project Area (10 Km)……………………………………………………….. 3-2 Table 3.2 Primary data collection………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-4 Table 3.3 Sampling & monitoring Locations (study area-10 Km)…………………………………… 3-5 Table 3.4 Metrological Parameters Monitored at site………………………………………............. 3-8 Table 3.5 Site Specific Meteorological Data (October’17 to December’17)…………………… 3-9 Table 3.6 Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring………………………………..... 3-11 Table 3.7 Ambient Air Quality of study Area……………………………………………………………….. 3-13 Table 3.8 Ambient Noise Level in Study Area…………………………………………………………........ 3-16

Table 3.9 Frequency of Environmental Monitoring………………………………………………………. 3-17 Table 3.10(a) Surface water Quality of Study Area……………………………………………………….…….. 3-18 Table3.10(b) Ground water Quality of Study Area……………………………………………………..………. 3-20 Table 3.11 Soil Quality Of Study Area……………………………………………………………………………… 3-29 Table 3.12(a) Plant Family Richness of the region……………………………………………………………….. 3-33 Table 3.12(b) Wildly occurring Plant species in the region…………………………………………………… 3-33 Table 3.13 List of Flora the study area……………………………………………………………………….……. 3-35 Table 3.14 24 Hourly Traffic Study of Surangi – Velugam Road……………………………………….. 3-46 Table 4.1 Details of Project Activities and probability of Impacts……………….…………………. 4-3 Table 4.2 Details of Source Input…………………………………………………………………………………… 4-9 Table 4.3 Details of Emission Input…………………………….………………………………………..……….. 4-9 Table 4.4 Details of Receptors Input……………………………………………………………………………… 4-10 Table 4.5 Outcome of Model: Predicted Incremental GLC…..……………………………….……….. 4-11 Table 4.6 Predicted Ambient Air Quality……………………………………………………………………….. 4-11 Table 5.1 Analysis of Alternative Industrial Area considered…………………………………………. 5-2 Table 6.1 Details of the Environmental Monitoring program………………………………………… 6-2

Table 10.1 Budgetary provision for EMS…………………………………………………………………………. 10-2

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR

PROPOSED NEW UNIT

OF

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd.

Located at:

Plot no. -287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2;

Village-Velugam, U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli -396 240

EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD., VAPI – GUJARAT (NABET Accredited Consultant Organization, Sr. No. 149 in the List of ACO/Rev. 63)/March. 05, 2018)

M/S. BEEKAYLON SYNTHETICS PVT. LTD. (VELUGAM UNIT)

UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Executive Summary (QCI-NABET Accredited) 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1 Introduction

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam has proposed to setup a new manufacturing unit at Survey No.:

287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2; in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of U.T. of

Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The proposed new project involves the production of “Various types & grades of

Synthetic Polyester Yarns through continuous polymerization of MEG & PTA and various kinds of Fabrics”.

As per the EIA notification‐ 2006 as amended time to time, the proposed project for the production of

Synthetic filament yarn falls under Category “B” (Considered at central level due to applicability of GC).

Proponent had applied for approval of Terms of Reference for EIA study for proposed project on 03th

October 2017 to EAC New Delhi. EAC vide letter no. J-11011/493/2017-IA II (I). Dated 16th November 2017

issued approved/awarded TORs. The MOEF had earmarked the area covering 10 km radial area from site

proposed EIA study and exempted Public Hearing / Consultation as the project is to be developed in the

notified industrial Zone established before 2006.

2 Description of Project

The proposed project involves the production of Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000 TPA,

various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @ 378000 TPA and various other types of manmade fibres like

Texturized Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed

product line also includes Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp

Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Colour Master Batch Chips /

granules@9000 TPA for manufacturing of synthetic manmade fibres & Polyester granules through

continuous polymerisation of MEG & PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production at Survey No.: 287/1,

284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of D & NH-396 240

(U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli). (20° 8'15.46"N and 72°59'32.41"E). The capital cost of the proposed project

is Rs. 443 Crore. The project site is well connected with State & National Highway network and the nearest

National Highway (NH48) is about 7.8 km W away from project site. The nearest interstate boundary is

Gujarat (7.5 Km E) and Maharashtra (0.3Km E) away from the project site. Nearest wildlife sanctuary- 1.30 E

(D & NH Wild Life Sanctuary), Vasona Lion safari 9.37 km NW(Approx.) & Dapada, Satmaliya Deer Park 5.3

Km NE (Approx.).

The proposed project will require Land –77800.00 Sq. m., Water-3740 KL/day Fresh water (source: Irrigation

Canal/Ground water canal with required permission from CGWA), Power- 27 MW (supply from DNH Power

distribution corporation Ltd.).

In proposed unit HSD @3750 L/Hr will be used as fuel for DG sets (1 No. of 1000 KVA & 2 Nos. of 2500 KVA).

LSHS/ Furnace Oil 60 KLD for Boiler (1 No., 10 TPH, 2 Nos., 1 TPH) and Thermic Fluid Heater (3 Nos, 10 M

Kcal/Hr). Total employment of the project will be 1353 persons.

For the production of afore said products, company will require 7 raw materials out of which 1 chemical

(Mono Ethylene glycol) is hazardous in nature as per MSIHC rules (as amended), 2000. This hazardous

material will be received in tanker load by road tanker and stored in tanks provided in designated areas of

storage. All safety measures will be provided at design level with all required safety system for the specific

chemicals to prevent the associated hazards & risks.



The details of the major pollution potential/identified sources of impacts are presented below. A. Wastewater:

For Proposed project Domestic waste water generation will be 80 KLD whereas total industrial effluent generation will be 800.00 KLD. Sewage will be disposed off through septic tanks & STP. The industrial effluent will be treated in full-fledged in-house ETPs equipped with all required Primary, Secondary & Tertiary Treatment units. The treated effluent will be reused in cooling and gardening.

B. Emissions:

For the proposed project the stationary sources are Boilers (Stack: 30 m Ht. & 0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)) , DG sets (Stack: 30 m Ht. &0.15 m Dia. (Each)), and Thermic Fluid Heater (Stack: 30 m Ht. &0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)) the emission quality from stationary sources will be below the applicable norms for the parameters.

C. Solid/Hazardous wastes:

Total ETP Waste from proposed project will be 60.00 MT/Month and will be sent to GEPIL site, Silvassa. Total used oil will be 1. KL and sold to registered refiners. Total empty drums will be 50000 Nos and reused for packing /sold to authorized scrap vendor. Total Process waste will be 15.00 MT/ Month and Sell to authorized recycler or for co-incineration or to Common Incineration Facility. Yarn waste & Lumps will be 750.00 MT/Month and it will be sell to actual users.

3 Description of the Environment

Base line study has been conducted falling within 10 km radial area from project site situated in Velugam

U.T. of Dadra & Nagar Haveli, considering the draft TOR proposed during TOR application, then continued &

verified according to the conditions of awarded TORs from MoEF, New Delhi. Baseline study has been

conducted during the period of October 2017 to December 2017 of winter season.

Total 8 locations were selected for Ambient Air Quality, Ground Water, and Noise whereas for surface Water

five samples were selected from available surface water resources within the study area. For AAQM one

location was project site itself whereas one location was in downwind direction and one locations was in

upwind direction. Meteorological Data has been collected by installing weather station at White House, Near

GIDC office, Vapi.

The frequency of the environmental sampling & analysis was determined following the guidelines provided

by MoEF in online EIA Manual. Meteorological Data has been done hourly continuous for study period,

Ambient Air Quality done 24 hourly twice a week during study period. Sampling of Noise, Ground Water,

Surface Water, and Soil Quality has been done once in study period.

Collection of Geological data, Geohydrology data, Ecological Data, Socioeconomic data and mapping of Land

Use -Land Cover, & Topography has been done for study covering 10km radial area from project site.

METEOROLOGY: The temperature ranged from a minimum of 16.50°C to a maximum of 38.20°C while the

average was found to be 27.20°C. The relative humidity ranged from a minimum of 19.40% to a maximum of

100.40% while the average was computed to be 65.40%.The wind predominant wind direction was from the

South East to North West direction. The wind frequency class distribution reflects that the calms prevailed

for 3.67 % of the total period during the study and the wind speed between 0.0 m/sec-15 m/sec.

AIR QUALITY: The concentration of PM10was found to be between 49 μg/m3 (Bindrabin Village) to 90μg/m3.

(Pati Village). The average concentration was in the range of 68.75 to 82.54 μg/m3.The concentration of

PM2.5 was between 12μg/m3 (Bindrabin Village) to 44μg/m3 (Pati Village) and the average concentrations

were observed in the range of 16.58 to 31.08 μg/m3. The SO2 concentrations were between 12.00μg/m3

(Surangi, Luheri, Bindrabin and Kurze Village) to 24.50μg/m3 (Project Site). The average concentrations were

observed in the range between 15.71μg/m3to 20.17μg/m3. The NOx concentrations were between

15.00μg/m3 (Pati Village) to 28.00 μg/m3 (Project Site) with average values observed in the range of

20.71μg/m3to 23.42μg/m3. The Maximum CO concentration was found to be 1.19mg/m3 (Kurze).In Project

Site, Surangiand Karachgam the maximum concentration found to be 1.05 to 1.14. Mg/m3. In all other



locations it found to be below detectable limit. The O3 concentrations were between 5.02 μg/m3 (Project

Site & Pati) to 9.83 μg/m3 (Kurze) with average values observed in the range of 5.84 μg/m3to 8.53 μg/m3.

The NH3concentrations were found to be 5.57 μg/m3 (Bindrabin) to 13.96 μg/m3 (Kurze). With

average values observed in the range of 8.10 μg/m3 to 12.45 μg/m3. The concentrations of all the air quality

parameters as monitored during the baseline study are within the permissible limits as per the NAAQ

Standards as prescribed by MoEF&CC.

NOISE LEVEL: The average hourly Leq (day) for the residential zone was observed to be in the range of 48.8

dB (A) (Luhari) to 62.0 dB (A) (Bindrabin). The average hourly Leq (night) for the residential zone was

observed to be in the range of 33.8 dB (A) (Kurze) to 43.0 dB (A) (Bindrabin). The ambient noise levels in the

villages are under the influence of local environment only and the Leq values are within permissible limits in

all the villages. The average hourly Leq (day) for the commercial zone at Surangi was found to be 60.1 dB (A)

while the average hourly Leq (night) was found to be 37.2 dB (A) and were found towill within the CPCB

limits for the commercial zone –for the day time and the night time. The average hourly Leq (Day) for the

industrial zone at project site was found to be 49.2 dB(A) while the average hourly Leq (night) was found to

be 33.7 dB (A), which were found to be well within the CPCB limits for the Industrial zone –both for the day

time and the night time.

WATER QUALITY: Ground Water- In 3 locations of study area Total hardness level exceed the acceptable

limit as per IS 10500.Exceeding level of total hardness lead to hard water which is not a health risk, but a

nuisance because of mineral buildup on fixtures and poor soap and/or detergent performance. TDS value

not exceeding the permissible limit in all locations of the study area. Magnesium level exceeds the

acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at 3 locations. Calcium value exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at

5 locations. Total Alkalinity value exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at 3 locations in the study

area. The very high alkalinity water cause digestive malfunction, cardiovascular problems and metabolic

abnormalities etc. Chloride value was not exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at all location. Total

Coliforms and E.coli were<1CFU/100 ml and present in one locations in the study area. Values for all other

parameters were found well within the acceptable limit as per IS 10500. Surface Water Samples- Five

surface water resources were studied. SW1, SW2 and SW3 were found to be confirming Class-D of CPCB

Criteria (Fish culture and wild life propagation). As the BOD level is greater than 3mg/l. SW4 was found to be

confirming Class-A of CPCB Criteria (Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after

disinfection

GEO-HYDROLOGY: Physiographically the UT forms part of Deccan Plateau. The UT of D&NH is divided into

three physiographic units i.e. Residual Plateaus, Denudational Slopes and Valley Plains. The soils occurring on

the Deccan plateau are generally black cotton soils. Within this broad categorisation, there are significant

variations depending upon topography. Three major type of soil occurs in the UT i.e., lateritic soils, shallow

black cotton soils deep black soils. The estimation of ground water resources of UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli

by Central Ground Water Board, during the year 2012 indicate that the total annual ground water potential

in the Territory is 59.37 MCM and the Net annual ground water availability is 56.40 MCM. The occurrence of

ground water under confined conditions is observed in the western part of the area around Naroli and

Dadra. The potential confined aquifers occur at an attitude of 20 m below the mean sea level and with

compact, amygdular and massive basalt of about 25 m thickness acting as a confining layer. : In the project

site, no out crops are seen. The area belongs to deccan trap age. The litho logically, the area covered with

soil which has 3-5 m thickness. Below the soil the hard rock’s present. The overall topography of the site is

flat with a gentle slope from southeast towards southwest. The overall topography of the area is marked by

alluvial plains.

SOIL QUALITY: The texture of the soil in the study area is Clay. The colour of the soil is light to dark brownish

black in the study area. The soil is having high water and moisture retention capacity due to clay content.



The water holding capacity of the study area ranges between 51 to 58 mg/100 g and these being clayey soils

are capable of retaining sufficient water which facilitate in plant growth. The pH of the soil samples from the

study area is found to mostly normal (i.e., between 6.5 and 8.2). Hence a good range of micronutrients are

available in soil, making the soil good for agricultural uses. The EC of the soil of the study area ranges

between 134.17 to 310.10 µSm/cm). The percentage of Organic Carbon of the study area ranges in medium

(i.e., Medium 0.5-0.75). The soil of the project site is found to be free from any contaminant.

ECOLOGY: During the study period, about 51 important floral species are noted in the study area. The

vulnerable species (Bombax ceiba and Dalbergia latifolia) as per IUCN Red list 2016-2 are found in the

region. In addition to these important species of plantation area of the region, about 203 wild species of

flora are observed in the forest and open unused area of the region.

There are four listed animals included in schedule-I, 8 listed numbers animals included in schedule-II, 79

listed animals included in schedule-IV and 7 listed animals included in schedule-V.

Two endemic amphibian species (Indirana leithii and Pseudo philautus amboli) are found in the region. Both

are endemic to Western ghat region. These endemic species are not covered in Indian Wild Life (Protection)

Act, 1972 but are included in IUCN Red list 2016-2 (vide-IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 2.3)

LANDUSE & LAND COVER: Based on the satellite image (RS LISS 4- FMX 2017)& ground truthing of various

area, the land use and land cover map of the area was generated. The eleven land use categories were

delineated in this area viz. the Crop land, Rock out crop, Forest, Land without Scrub, land with Scrub,

Mudflat, Sea, River, Water body, Industry and Settlement (Figure 3.11). Major portion in the study area is

covered by Crop land. The area statistics of these classes prepared from analysis shows that the major

portion of the study region is covered by forest land and agricultural land i.e. 55.94% & 26.45% areas

respectively. Around 1.39% of the area is of Scrub. Water bodies are covering around 4.20 % of the area. The

settlement of area is 7.27% and industrial area is 1.86%. The remaining categories cover 0.67 per cent of the

area. As per the satellite image and ground trothing the settlement area, industrial area and land without

scrub were slightly increased and crop land is slightly decreased.

SOCIOECONOMICS:

A Baseline data/information on socio‐economic front has been collected with the help of 2011 census data,

discussion with Tahsildars, Sarpanchs, various Government officials, local heads, etc. As well as by suitable

field surveys. There are several villages around its periphery but the study will include the villages coming

under 05 kms radius in all villages but 10 km radius in 14 villages are some villages include the study area.

The name of the villages are (velugam, Apti, Surangi, Karachgam, Kodad, Khadoli, Sutrakar, Vasona, Dapada,

Chikhali, Khanvel, Kherdi, Udhawa, Kurze, Kochai, Luhari, Mondgaon).Total populations have been all villages

241916. In which male 106451 and female 107912, in the study area. All villages are not available PHC,

private Hospital in the study area, but Government and private hospital nearby at Silavssa and Vapi. And

health issues that skin problems, goiter, fever etc., Problem of clean water and health issue is found in Apti,

Kurze and Udhawa village.

ANTICIPATED IMPACTS& MITIGATIONS

The present environmental impact assessment study has been conducted for the proposed project. All

necessary details of proposed project has been studied & referred carefully to determine the anticipated

impacts of the proposed project. The baseline environment status established during the study has also been

considered for determination and assessment of anticipated impact of the project. After impact assessment

study necessary mitigations measures to minimise and/or eliminate the identified impacts of the project.

The summary of the Impacts Assessment study as well as planning of mitigation measures for anticipated

impacts are described in subsequent paragraphs under respective headings.

Anticipated Impacts



A. Ambient environment The identified main sources of impacts of the project are utilities (Boiler, TFH & DG set) emission. The

pollutants emitted from these sources are PM, SOx, NOx and CO. The effect of the pollutants on human and

fauna may occur in form of respiratory problem, asthma, bronchitis, allergic condition, effects on vision etc.

Severity of these effects varies according to the level of increase of the pollutant in the ambient air.

Detailed modelling for air quality change has been done to ascertain the level of change of these pollutants.

It has been found that Maximum Resultant GLC from the proposed project would be 1.74 for PM2.5, 1.76 for

PM10, 17.96 for SOx, 33.48 for NOx, 0.10 for CO. This values are under the permissible limit by CPCB.

B. Noise & vibration The main sources of noise pollutions from the projects are machineries like Extruders, Spindle Driven

Turrets and dryer etc. In work place exposure to these sources will be high due to continuous operation of

manufacturing process. Head ache is most likely to occur in employee engaged in this area. Also up on long

time, such regular exposure may result in hearing impairment of the employee engaged in this area.

Transportation of raw material and products will increase the movements of truck which in turn will

increase the noise level. The increased noise level in such way will have effects on sleeping of people as well

as fauna of the transport route.

C. Water environment: During operation & commissioning phase, major impacts are noticed in case of transportation activities,

materials storage & handling, manufacturing process, wastewater& hazardous/solid waste management

activities and Breakdown & maintenance of control equipment. The major impacts of these activities will

occur only due to water pollution and negligible on hydrology (Surface water & groundwater). Due to such

contamination of water resources, increase in pollutant levels & toxicity of water resources due to mixing of

toxic chemical is most likely to occur and some water quality parameters like the pH, TDS, Hardness,

Alkalinity & Acidity, Sodium, Chloride, Sulfate, BOD, COD, TOC and Phenolic compounds are likely to increase

to a greater extent depending up on the quantity of chemicals spilled/leak causing the impact. As a result of

such increased toxicity of affected water bodies, considerable toxic effects on aquatic organism, as well any

other animal consuming the water and flora irrigated with the contaminated water can be occur.

D. Land Environment: The identified major impact of soil due to pollutant load on soil, such impacts would occur mainly due to

from materials storage & handling activities and manufacturing process due to malfunctioning or major

hazard occurred in storage & process area. The intensity and quantum of such impact may vary depending

on the contents of wastewater & solid/hazardous waste causing the impacts. Due to the above said impacts,

it will affect the soil quality, soil fertility and depletion/reduction of soil organisms (biotic factor of soil). As a

result of such impacts, soil quality parameters like the pH, soluble salt, inorganic elements, SAR, Nutrient

level, Total Carbon, Carbon to Nitrogen Ratio and Biological organisms are likely to be affected to a greater

extent depending up on the quantity & nature of chemicals spilled/leak causing the impact. The toxicant in

soil may also affect the flora of the region and up on use of such flora toxic effects may occur on the

consumer of the affected flora. Irrigation of soil may contaminate/pollute water. Minor beneficial impacts of

the operation phase of the project is identified in terms of improvement in plantation status of vicinity area

due to greenbelt development.

E. Ecology & Biodiversity Long term or short term Negative impact because of materials storage & handling, manufacturing process,

utility emission and Breakdown & maintenance of control equipment, release/spill/leak of toxic materials

from project will occur on ecological environment. Such environmental contamination caused by emissions

& toxic chemicals may lead to heavy toxic load on ecological components (biotic & abiotic) which may have

very adverse effects on flora, fauna and ecological habitat depending up on the toxicity type & level of the

contaminant. The above said impacts due to the toxicity of contaminants released may also occur in the



distant fauna due to the interaction & migration of the fauna between micro habitats of the region. The

eventual toxic effects of the said impacts may increase as a result of bio-magnification in food chain and

food web. The heat radiated from fire site during Major Fire Hazard may cause burning and drying of flora of

nearby area (Especially greenbelt) which in turn may result in adverse impacts on micro habitat of the local

area and thus may result in considerable adverse impacts on ecology.

F. Socio-Economic Environment About 1353 people will be directly employed and many other will be indirectly employed due to the project,

which will result in economic improvement. It will result in major positive impacts in terms of improvement

in status of employment & economy of the area. Such improvement will also lead to the improvement in

other social indicators like lifestyle, education & health etc. Fire & explosion in material storage area and

manufacturing area may result in considerable Major negative impact on socioeconomic environment, which

may cause the problem of health of local people and domestic animals of the affected area. Due to such

hazards, loss or damage of crop of nearby agricultural fields may occur and also will result in very serious

health issues like respiratory problem, cancer, irritation to eye & nose, skin problem etc.

G. Work Environment Major negative short term impacts on health & safety are anticipated due to the injury, health effects due to

unfavorable work place conditions and ergonomic issues related with material handling & transportation,

manufacturing process, maintenance works. Such impacts will occur mainly in terms of MSD and other injury

(cut, burn, irritation eye & respiratory tract etc.) are likely to occur due to lifting or shifting of heavy goods

and equipment. Rotating machineries & sharp edged tools/machinery can cause serious injury (like cut,

fracture of bone, crushing of hand etc.) to the employee engaged in operation of the machinery. Due to

release of toxic materials in air of workplace during handling & transfer of materials, process and

catastrophic incident may occur in terms of major health effects like saponification fat of cell, necrosis, lung

injury & burns of the upper airway, burn of oropharynx/ oesophagus/ stomach, development of blisters,

ulcerations, dyspnoea, pleuritic chest pain, cough and bronchospasm, conjunctival irritation and chemosis,

corneal epithelial defects, limbal ischemia, permanent vision loss etc.

Mitigation Measures:

A. Ambient Environment

CPCB approved DG Set, only to be used during power failure.

Adequate height of the stacks shall be attached to Boilers , TFHs and DG Sets

Regular Monitoring as per monitoring plan

B. Noise & vibration

Proper non-vibrating foundation, rubber padding and Regular maintenance of the equipment

& machineries including static /dynamic balancing & lubrication for rotating/vibrating

equipment/machinery

Housing in closed area and/or acoustic enclosures & silencers for high noise generating

equipment/machinery. Barriers wherever required/possible.

C. Water Environment

Adequate effluent treatment plant for wastewater.

Treated waste water is reused again in gardening & cooling tower.

Maximum possible recycling of water in process& gardening

Impervious lining of floor of chemical storage and production area with all necessary

arrangement of prevention of spread up and collection of spilled/leaked materials

Hazardous waste storage area with leachate collection line connected with ETP and disposal as

per the regulatory guideline/provisions.

Domestic effluent disposal through adequate soak pit and septic tank.



D. Landuse

Greenbelt development in and around premises.

Measures for protection of vegetation area from fire hazards.

E. Soil Quality

Connection of storage & production area with ETP or waste collection facility for collection of

toxic material accidentally spilled/leaked.

No disposal of Effluent outside the company premises as the treated effluent will be reused for

gardening & cooling tower.

Hazardous waste disposal as per regulatory provision

Domestic waste water should be disposed off only through adequate septic tank and then

soaks pit.

Proper impervious lining in material storage area as well as production area

Proper air pollution control system to control the gaseous pollutant &dust emission of the

project.

All mitigation measures as suggested by respective FAEs (of AP, AQ, WP, RH)

Transportation activities shall be done with provision of all necessary safety measures

F. Ecology & Diversity

All necessary control & measures for prevention of release of toxic contaminants from project

as well as for prevention of pollution due to emissions of the project

Safety measures & action plan for prevention of spreading of toxic materials being transported

Creation &Maintenance of dense greenbelt in and around the company premises.

No disposal of effluent and solid & hazardous waste on land and in water bodies.

G. Socioeconomics

Mitigation and control/ prevention measures for prevention & control of environmental

pollution and hazards & risk

Prevention of contaminated runoff

Regular medical check-up and Proper public relation to prevent conflicts with local people

Regular CSR activity for Social welfare &upliftment of local people

Work Environment

Non-slippery Floor of plant & storage and be ensured that there is no liquid spilled on floor.

Safety measures like safety guard around rotating part for all rotating equipment/machineries

Proper ergonomic condition to ensure safe & non-tiring work place conditions

Lifting & shifting of all heavy materials shall be done using trolley or fork lift.

Chemical safety plan shall be prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine

operation of the plant.

RA study for the proposed project shall be conducted & all necessary hazard/risk

control/prevention measures shall be implemented before erection & commissioning of plant.

(RA Study is conducted for proposed project, Refer Annexure V)

Proper storage shall be provided for all hazardous materials and there shall be adequate

isolation between two materials as required for safe storage condition.

All fittings in area having flammable materials shall be flameproof and all necessary fire-

fighting facilities shall be ensured in this area.

In all area first aid kit shall be available.

All necessary PPEs, Safety & emergency equipment shall be provided for all concern employee

in all areas



Disaster management plan shall be prepared & all necessary arrangement for emergency

action plan shall be provided well before commissioning of plant.

Regular occupational health check program shall be conducted. Pre-employment & Annual

post-employment health check-up of all employee shall be done. Health check of affected

employee shall be done when any employee is significantly exposed to hazardous material.

4 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

As per the applicability of provision for Public Hearing of SO 1533 and other order &O.M. No. J-

11013/36/2014-IA-I dated 10th Dec. 2014 under the SO 1533, category ‘A’ and category ‘B1’ projects or

activities situated in notified industrial area/estate (established before 2006) are exempted from public

consultation. Considering this, public hearing is not required to be conducted for the proposed unit of M/s.

Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. Hence in additional study, the Risk Assessment Study for the proposed project

has been conducted by functional area expert of EIA Team. The risk assessment has been carried out with

consideration of probable worst case scenarios of toxic dispersion. Thus with such probabilities &

considerations of hazards & risk, “Risk Assessment Study” has been carried out by proponent as pre-project

conceptual RA study. The major hazards has been identified due to flammability of diesel and LSHS.

Consequence analysis has been done for these fuels. The maximum hazards distance of10 m for 10 kw/m2,

14 m for 5 kw/m2 and 20 m for 2 kw/m2 has been found in case of pool fire (worst case) due to storage of

diesel. Considering this hazards distances fire safety measures has been proposed. In addition to this

Disaster & Onsite Emergency Management plan has also been prepared as a part of RA study assignment. All

necessary chemical safety details have been covered in RA report to ensure the safety of public & employee

as well as surrounding industries. Also many recommendations for safety including the fire fighting and

emergency action facilities have been made in RA reports with necessary details of requirements. The Risk

Assessment Report is provided with EIA report Annexure-V

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & MANAGEMENT PLAN

After delineation of necessary mitigation measures for major impacts, an Environmental Monitoring &

Management Plan has been formulated with all necessary component and description of action required to

ensure efficient & adequate implementation of planned/recommended mitigation measures. A five Tire EMC

with assigned responsibility has been formulated for management of environmental & safety aspects of the

projects. Considering the probable impacts and their potential to cause pollution with respect to change in

particular environmental parameters, a detailed monitoring plan has been framed with required schedule,

recommended parameters and frequency etc. In addition, a detailed action plan for EMP for all

environmental attributes have been formulated and presented in the prepared EMP. Some additional

environmental conservation & protection activities like Greenbelt Development & Energy Conservation have

also been considered and included in EMP. A capital provision of 1000 Lakhs has been made for environment

& safety requirements whereas a recurring cost provision of Rs: 166 Lakhs/Annum has been made for

various environmental & safety operations & actions mentioned under Environmental Management plan.

Following are the post monitoring plan for the proposed new project

Ambient Air: Location- 2 place within the plant premises , Parameters- PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO

Work Place Monitoring: Location- Production Block, Store rooms, Parameters- PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, Temperature, Humidity, Light & Noise

Stationary Emission: Location- D.G Set, TFH & Boiles, Parameters-: PM, SO2, NOX, CO



Ambient Noise: Location- At all sources (DG set, Boilers, Production machineries in spinning-weaving-texturizing, other machineries, Blowers, Compressors etc) and at different areas within premises (Spinning area, texturizing area & weaving area Production, Storage & transportation area, Administrative & security area, STP, ETP etc.)

Surface Soil: Location: 2 locations from storage & greenbelt area, In case of accidental spillage/leak , soil of the affected area, Parameters: pH, EC, Moisture, Organic matter, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total N, P, K, SO4-2, Cl-, Ca+2, Mg+2 & Na+

Greenbelt/ Vegetation Cover: Location- Greenbelt Area at Boundary & Garden, Parameters- Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived Plants/Trees, Number of Poor Plant/Trees

Employee Medical/Health Check-up: As per statutory provision & requirement

6 CONCLUSION

As described above, the proposed new project will be operated for manufacturing of synthetic organic yarns,

which will have some major impacts on various environmental attributes. As noted, the major impacts will

occur only in case of incident of major hazard occurred during operations phase of the project. Beside this,

major impacts may also occur vary occasionally due to the other sources of pollution of proposed new

project. All the identified major impacts are controllable and can be minimised by efficient implementation

of the mitigation measures and EMP planned. Hence, the project will be an action of sustainable

development and highly acceptable for the development of the local area as well as our state & country.

However, strict implementation, monitoring & timely updates of the planned mitigations & EMP is required

to ensure the safeguard of environment.

Content

M/S. BEEKAYLON SYNTHETICS PVT. LTD. (VELUGAM UNIT) EIA Report for new manmade fiber manufacturing unit-other than rayon - 5(d)

UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-01: Introduction (QCI-NABET Accredited) 1-1

CHAPTER: 01 INTRODUCTION

1.1. GENERAL

1.1.1. About The Company

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. proposed to set up a new unit at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3,

289/1/2, 289/2; in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli.

this unit is proposed to manufacture “various kinds of synthetic yarns like Polyester Filament Yarns (POY,

FDY, staple fibres) through continuous polymerisations, Texturized & Twisted Yarn using using Ready Yarn Of

Polyester/Nylon/Acrylic, Synthetic filament yarn (polyester, nylon 6&66, Polypropylene etc.) by Melt

Spinning Using Ready Polyester/Nylon Chip /Polyamide Chips/ Polypropylene Chips As Raw Materials as well

as various types of Fabrics. Company will also manufacture polyester granules as intermediate products

generated from continuous polymerisation of MEG & PTA for manufacturing of POY /FDY/Staple Fibres. The

company has also proposed to setup unit of knitting & weaving for fabrics production”. The company is

already in the business of synthetic manmade fibers and operating manufacturing operation at its other unit

in Masat, UT of D&NH.

The company has a wider customer base and to cater to the increased market demand and company needs

to set up a new unit to cater the demand of the synthetic manmade fiber. Considering the need of additional

production, Company proposes to set up a new unit for manufacturing Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres &

Granulesthrough continuous polymerisations @ 432000 TPA, various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @

378000 TPA and various other types of manmade fibres like Texturized Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn

/Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed product line also includes Winding Of

Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/

Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Color Master Batch Chips / granules@9000 TPA.

As the company is intended to provide high quality yarns to its clients, company has decided to set up this

unit with backward integration by producing synthetic polyester yarn through continuous polymerization of

MEG & PTA.

More details about the proposed project and the present EIA study are presented in subsequent paragraphs

of this chapter and other chapters of the present EIA report prepared by UniStar Environment & Research

Labs Pvt. Ltd. (NABET Accredited EIA consultant).

1.1.2. About Proponent

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. is an existing company engaged in manufacturing of various types of

synthetic yarns since 1975. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd is a registered company having its registered office

at Office Nos. 15,16 & 17, Maker Chamber-3, Jamnalal Bajaj Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400 021.

The company has been promoted by, well experienced Khemani family, having sound financial strength and

demonstrated track record in the Textiles business. The senior members of the family have been active in

textile industry for more than Three decades. Khemani family is well known amongst the textile industrialist

for their commitments towards quality and customer relationship. The family is also known for philanthropic

works in society. The Company is a registered Private Limited company and is promoted by five Directors.

Details related to them are given below:



Table 1.1: List of Directors

Sr. No. Name of Directors Residential Address

1. Mr. Nand K. Khemani 32, Elcid, 13, Ridge Road, Malabar Hill, Mumbai – 400 006.

2. Mr. Ashok K. Khemani 32, Elcid, 13, Ridge Road, Malabar Hill, Mumbai – 400 006.

3. Mr. Rahul A. Khemani 32, Elcid, 13, Ridge Road, Malabar Hill, Mumbai – 06

4. Mr. Shahin N. Khemani 32, Elcid, 13, Ridge Road, Malabar Hill, Mumbai – 06

5. Mr. Mahesh Lakhwani Beekaylon Bungalow, Kalvani Road, Silvassa, D & NH.

1.2. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.2.1. Nature & Type of Project

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. proposes to setup a new Textile Unit for production various kinds of

yarns and fabrics at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial Zone

situated at Village-Velugam of D & NH-396 240 (U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli).

The proposed new project involves the production of “Various types & grades of Synthetic Polyester Yarns

through continuous polymerization of MEG & PTA and various kinds of Fabrics”.

As per the EIA notification- 2006 as amended, the proposed products –Various kinds of Polyester yarns are

covered under the Category-5(d) – “Manmade fiber other than Rayon”. Manufacturing of “Manmade fiber

other than Rayon ” is covered under Category –B, but due to the applicability of General Conditions (Eco

Sensitive Zone with in 5 Km distance and Interstate Boundary ) this project is categorized is appraised at

central level and hence application for TOR & EC is to be done to MoEF&CC, Delhi for obtaining

Environmental Clearance.

1.2.2. Products & Capacity of Project

The proposed unit is to be setup for manufacturing Manmade Fiber other than Rayon and various kinds of

fabric using the produced manmade fiber by Knitting & Weaving. The details of products are presented

below.

Table 1.2: List of Products

Sr. No.

Product Description QUANTITY

TPA

1. Polyester Filament Yarn (POY/FDY) / Staple Fiber/Polyester Granules By Continuous Polymerization & melt spinning process using PTA and MEG as raw material

432000

2.

Synthetic Filament Yarn : Bulk Continuous Filament Yarn(BCF)/Partially Oriented Yarn(POY)/Fully Drawn Yarn(FDY)/Dope Dyed Yarn(DD)/Low Oriented Yarn(LOY)/Highly Oriented Yarn(HOY)/ Nylon Yarn(N6 & N66)/ Polypropylene Yarn(PP) By Melt Spinning Using Ready Polyester/Nylon Chip /Polyamide Chips/ Polypropylene Chips As Raw Materials.

378000

3.

Polyester Texturised Yarn/Draw Texturised Yarn/Air Texturised Yarn/ Polyester Twisted Yarn/Cable Yarn/Double Yarn/ Draw Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn By Using Ready Yarn Of Polyester/Nylon/Acrylic

288000

4. Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics

36000

5. Color Master Batch Chips / granules 9000



1.2.3. Project Location

The proposed new unit of M/s.Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. isto be setup at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P,

289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of D & NH-396 240 (U.T.

of Dadra and Nagar Haveli). The Arabian Sea is situated in west direction, which is about 29.7 Km (W) away

from the site. Madhuban Dam the ultimate source of water requirement of the proposed unit is situated at

about 8.41 kms (NE) The nearest railway station – Sanjan is about 18.90kms (W) away from project site. The

project site is well connected with state & national Highway network and the nearest National Highway -8 is

about 7.8kms (SW) away from project site. The nearest UT-state boundaries of Gujarat & Maharashtra are at

about 7.5km (W) &0.3 km (S) respectively. Nearest Eco-sensitive Zone & D & NH Wild Life Sanctuary Wildlife

Sanctuary is located at about 1.30 km (E) & 2.30 (W). Besides Vasona Lion safari and Satmaliya Deer Park are

located at distance about 9.37km (NE) and 5.3Km (NE) respectively.

1.2.4. Regulatory Framework

The proposed project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd.is a unit of manufacturing of synthetic manmade

fibre through continuous polymerisation & fabrics using the produced manmade fibre. The unit will have

significant potential of pollution, probability of chemical hazards and also attracts the provisions of EIA

notifications 2006- SO 1533 (as amended time to time). Thus, the proposed project may be required to

comply with many regulatory provisions. The proponent shall follow the applicable regulatory framework as

listed below and additional applicable provision shall also be referred timely as cited as mandatory provision

for proposed project. In any case, proponent shall comply with the regulatory provision as directed through

particular regulatory provision. The major regulatory provisions applicable to the proposed project area

listed below.

1 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 amended 1987 and rules there under

2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 amended 1988 & rules there under

3 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended 1991 and rules there under

4 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules-2016.

5 The Manufacture, Storage &Import of Hazardous Chemical Rule, 2000 as amended timely

6 Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996

7 EIA Notification, 2006 as amended timely

8 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended 1992 and rules there under

9 Factories Act, 1948 & rules there under

10 The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 & rules there under

The proposed unit is being a new unit will obtain NOC and CC&A for its proposed project after obtaining the

EC. The company will always ensure that the proposed unit complies with all statutory requirements as

timely issued in form of EC, NOC, CC&A, Other order & circular from the concern authorities. The CC&A and

EC compliance report of the proposed unit will be submitted regularly as required by statutory provisions.

1.2.5. Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region

The growth of textile industrial sector in the past few years has become drastically dynamic with increase &

development in readymade garment industries as well as demand of textile materials from overseas. Also

these industries have been influenced by the globalization trend which has boosted the demand of

manmade fibres as well as the fabrics for Garment & Apparel and home furnishing Industries. Considering

these M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. have identified the potential demand & market from its customers

for the proposed products. With focus of acquiring significant role of supplying the high quality manmade

fibres& fabrics to these industries company has planned to setup a new manufacturing unit in line with the

outcome of the continuous R&D study to cater the captive requirement of yarns as well as acquire domestic

as well as foreign markets. Company has also decided to setup the unit of manmade fibre manufacturing



through continuous polymerisation, which will reduce the traffic on local road networks as well will ensure

availability of high quality yarns for captive consumption & sells. The proposed project provides a potential

growth opportunity for the already running business of the company. Also the new manufacturing unit of

the proponent will significantly increase Government revenue through the applicable Taxes and other levies.

The proposed project will also be helpful for the local area development and increase in employment status

of the region as significant direct & indirect employment will be generated with the proposed project. The

company is already engaged in the business of manufacturing of “Synthetic Filaments Yarn” and the

proposed new project would increase the overall export and also increase the foreign revenue. Products are

now well established and acceptable in the international markets.

1.3. TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDY

In line with the sequential proceeding for Prior EC described in EIA Notification SO 1533 (as amended),

proponent had applied in Form-I along with pre-feasibility report for approval of Terms of Reference for

proposed project. The application was made to the EAC, New Delhi on03rd October2017 due to the

applicability of General Condition. Public hearing is exempted as the project is to be developed in the

notified industrial zone. In this regard, under the provision of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the

standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment plan for

obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11011/493/2017-IA II

(I).Dated: 16 Nov 2017, Committee had noticed that the proposed project is falling under category 5(d) – i.e.

manmade fiber manufacturing – other than rayon under the category B (Project site is located in Govt.

Industrial Zone) as per the SO 1533 (as amended)but due to the applicability of General Condition of Eco

sensitive Zone falling within the 5 Km radial distance from the project site and interstate boundary between

Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Maharashtra, the project is considered at central level from MoEF&CC, New

Delhi for appraisalas per SO 1533 its subsequent amendments as well as OMs/Orders issued for EC. After

consideration of the proposal EAC (Ind-II) had issued the letter for approved/awarded TORs.

The EAC had earmarked the area covering 10 km radial area from site for monitoring & sampling as well as

for preparation of some maps for proposed EIA study. With respect to the awarded /Approved TOR, the

present EIA study has been conducted for the proposed EIA study in area covering &10 km radial distance

from site. All points of TORs issued by EAC has been addressed in the study and covered in the present EIA

report under respective heading. The details of Terms of Reference including the copy of letter for TOR

issued by EAC and the tabular compliance report for the issued TOR are presented in Annexure-II.

1.4. NEED & SCOPE OF EIA STUDY

1.4.1. Need Of EIA Study

The proposed project involves manufacturing of products ‘Synthetic Filaments Yarns’, which fall under item

no. 5(d) i.e. man-made fibre (other than rayon), under Category B (to be considered at central level due to

General Condition of Eco sensitive zone with in 5 km and Interstate Boundary), as per the SO 1533, 14

September 2006 (as amended). Considering these, an application for approval of TOR for EIA for prior

environmental clearance had been made in Form 1 to the EAC, MoEF&CC, Delhi for approval of draft TORs as

well as to obtained the awarded TOR for preparation of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for

project appraisal to obtain environmental clearance for proposed new project depending upon the nature

and location specificity of the project. The EAC has cited many requirements for environmental studies and

has issued the awarded TORs, which mentions that a detailed EIA study has to be conducted as per the

applicability of SO 1533 (as amended). Hence, the present EIA study has been conducted as it is mandatory

requirement as per applicability of EIA Notification SO 1533 (as amended).



1.4.2. Public Hearing

The proposed new project is to be located in the Notified Industrial Zone of Dadra and Haveli which was

established before 2006. And as per the recent O.M. No. J-11013/36/2014-IA-I Dated- 10/12/2014, public

hearing is exempted in our proposed project.

1.4.3. Scope & Objective of EIA Study

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam has appointed NABET Accredited EIA Consultant- M/s.

Unistar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd, Vapi as Environmental Consultants to carry out the

Environment Impact Assessment for the upcoming new project for manufacturing of Synthetic Filaments

Yarns & fabrics within the acquired industrial land situated at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2,

289/2, 286/1/P, 287/2; , Govt. Industrial Estate, Village: Velugam, U.T. of Dadra & Nagar Haveli.

The major objective of the present EIA study is to determine the change in impact due to the proposed

new project. The present report is outcome of EIA study conducted during October 2017 to

December2017 as per awarded TORs by EAC, MoEF&CC, Delhi. The area of study is a radial coverage of 10

Km around the proposed site. The scope of this study is to receive approval of EAC, MoEF& CC, Delhi for

Environmental Clearance by studying probable impacts of the proposed new project and preparing EIA

Report including Environmental Management Plan. The scope of study also includes the study of probable

hazards & risks associated with the proposed project. Besides, the report will have scope of utilization for

approval from other government authorities like PCC.

While deciding the objective of the EIA study, the awarded TOR as presented in Annexure-I has been

referred to comply with all conditions provided therein for EIA study. The objectives of the present EIA

conducted for the development of a proposed project are:

To collect& study details regarding the activities, operations, processes, utilities, machineries,

equipment, and other materials & requisites related to construction and operation phase of

Proposed unit.

Characterization and benchmarking of existing environmental status of a study area - 10 km radial

area from proposed site situated in Notified Industrial Zone –Velugam, Dadra and Nagar Haveli.

To collect meteorological data like humidity, wind speed, wind direction etc.

To prepare necessary maps of project area- 10 km radial area from proposed site situated in Notified

Industrial Zone – Velugam, Dadra and Nagar Haveli to comply with awarded TOR and to improve EIA

quality.

To identify potential sources of impacts of proposed unit, which includes impacts due to emission,

water consumption & wastewater disposal, hazardous & solid waste generation & disposal, noise

generation, contamination of environment by chemicals, toxic effects of raw materials & products,

hazards & risk of various operations and employment & other social aspects of projects.

To predict and evaluate the major impact on environment along with pollution control measures

taken especially for emission as well as various probable hazards like fire, explosion & toxic

dispersion.

Preparation of an environmental monitoring & management plan to minimize the adverse impacts

due to the project(s) and formulation of a post – operational monitoring scheme.

To ensure that there will not be considerable impacts on air quality, water quality & quantity, human

health and flora & fauna of the surrounding area through preparing adequate EMP & EM Plans

Preparation of a Risk Assessment report as well as disaster management plan to meet the safety and

emergency requirements during probable hazards & disasters.

To ensure that all necessary action plan are prepared for implementation to avoid any critical

environmental & safety issue in the surrounding area due to proposed project operation



To prepare an EIA Study report with efficient environment management plan.

To utilize any content or whole report of present EIA study for applicable statutory clearances for

proposed project and/or any other management purpose.

1.5. APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

The EIA study for the proposed new project has been conducted with respect to the process cycle of EIA as

suggested by MoEF& CC vide SO 1533 as well as provided in TGM issued by MoEF& CC.

The study was conducted in six phases are below:

Phase - I: Reconnaissance Survey and Screening & Scoping

Phase- II: Baseline Environmental Study

Phase-III: Identification, prediction & assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures

Phase-IV: Additional Tasks like preparation of Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan, Risk

Assessment study, preparation of RA Report and Disaster & Emergency management plan

Phase-V: Compilation of Draft EIA Report, PH if applicable & Review of Draft EIA report for finalisation

Phase- VI: Finalisation of EIA Report & Application for EC

The stages of approaches & methodology of EIA study has been presented in illustrative form in the figure 1.1

Figure 1.1: Approach & Methodology of EIA Study

1.6. STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT



The report has been suitably structured covering various aspects like project description, baseline

conditions, environmental impacts, mitigation measures, environmental management plan. The EIA report

has been prepared chapter wise in accordance with generic structure suggested by MoEF&CC in EIA

notification 2006.

Chapter 1 Introduction: This chapter includes details like Identification of project & project proponent, Brief

description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance, Scope of the study – details of

regulatory scoping carried out (As per Terms of Reference)

Chapter 2 Project description: Description of the project (based on project feasibility study), Details are

provided to give clear picture of the following:

Type & Need of project and Size or magnitude of operation

Maps showing Project Location, plant layout & study area.

Technology and process description

Description of facilities, infrastructure, resource requirement, pollution potentials & mitigation

measures implemented for control of pollution

Chapter 3 Description of the Environment: This chapter includes the baseline environmental information of

the project area and related details as mentioned below.

Study area & period, components & methodology of study

Establishment of baseline for valued environmental parameters, as identified in scope

Base maps of necessary environmental Components/Features

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures: This chapter comprises Details of

Investigated Environmental impacts due to project establishment, possible accidents, project design, regular

operations, final commissioning of project. The details covered in chapter are tabulated below.

Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance)

Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.

Chapter 5Analysis of Alternative (Technology & Site): Detailed description of alternative analysis for

selection of site &technology for proposed project (as required).

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program: Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of

mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting

schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules)

Chapter 7 Additional Studies: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

Chapter 8 Project Benefits: Improvements in the physical & social infrastructure, Employment & Other

tangible benefits

Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis: A systematic process for calculating and

comparing benefits and costs of a project. Broadly, CBA has two purposes: To determine if it is a sound

investment/decision (justification/feasibility), and to provide a basis for comparing projects.(If

recommended at the scoping stage).

Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan: Description of the administrative & managerial aspects of

ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the

EC, NOC and CC&A

Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion: Overall justification for implementation of the project, Explanation of

how, adverse effects have been mitigated

Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged: The introduction & description of the consultants engaged

and nature of consultancy rendered.

M/S. BEEKAYLON SYNTHETICS PVT. LTD.(VELUGAM UNIT) EIA Report for new manmade fiber manufacturing unit-other than rayon - 5(d)

UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-02: Description of Project (QCI-NABET Accredited) 2-1

CHAPTER: 02 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

2.1. HIGHLIGHT OF PROJECT

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam has proposed to setup a new manufacturing unit for

manufacturing of synthetic manmade fibres & Polyester granules through continuous polymerisation of MEG

& PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production. The proposed project involves the production of Polyester

POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000 TPA, various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @ 378000 TPA and

various other types of manmade fibres like Texturized Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex

Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed product line also includes Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular

Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Colour

Master Batch Chips / granules@9000 TPA.

As per the EIA notification‐ 2006 as amended, proposed products are covered under Activity 5(d) Category-B

and hence required Prior Environmental Clearance.

The details of the proposed project are summarized as highlights of the project in the following table.

Table 2.1: Highlights of the project

Sr. No.

Particulates Description

1. Project Location M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd.

287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 Village: Velugam, Dadra & Nagar Haveli

2. Project Activity, Category as per amendments

Project Activity: 5(d)-“MANMADE FIBER (OTHER THAN RAYON)”, Category: B, but considered as cat.-A (Due to applicability of GC interstate boundary with Maharastra state and Eco sensitivity zone within 5 Km)

3. Project Cost Rs. 443 Crore

4. Total area of Project 77800.00 Sq. m.

5. Area for Green Belt 25890.00 Sq. m. (@ 33.3 % of the total plot area)

6. Products with capacity As mentioned in table no. 2.2

7. Power Requirement Power –Electricity requirement: 27000 KVA Source: DNH Power distribution corporation Ltd.

8. Utilities Requirement (Boilers, Thermic Fluid Heater and D.G. Sets)

Steam Boiler: 03 nos. (10TPH x 1, 1TPH X 2) Thermic Fluid Heaters: 03 nos. ( 10 M Kcal/Hr.) Stand by D. G. Set: 03 Nos. (1 X 1000 KVA, 2 X 2500 KVA)

9. Fuel Requirements LSHS/ FO: 60 KL/DAY High Speed Diesel : 1250 liters/Hr.

10. Man Power 1353

11. Air pollution Control Measures Adequate stack height will be provided to all the stacks

12. Water requirement Industrial Total: 4390 KL/day (Fresh: 3640, Recycled: 750).

Domestic : 100.00 KL/Day

13. waste water generation with mode of disposal

Industrial: 800.00 KL/Day treated in ETP/RO/MEE-reuse.

Domestic: 80.00 KL/Day treated in STP- use for plantation.

14. Solid / Hazardous waste Generation

Management as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling And Transboundary Movement) Rules-2016.



15. Nearest Highway NH-8: 7.8 km W

16. Nearest Railway Station Sanjan - 18.90 Km W

17. Nearest Airport Daman, 36 Km NW (Approx.)

18. Nearest Forest/ Sanctuary/Eco-sensitive zone.

Patches of Reserved forests - 2.59 km W

Vasona Lion safari - 9.37 km NW

Satmalia Deer Park - 5.3 km NE

DNH Wildlife sanctuary -1.30 km E & 2.30 W

River Daman Ganga - 8.74 km N

River Dongar Khadi (1.40 km N)

River Sakartod (3.45 km NE)

Darotha River (5.23 Km NW)

2.1.1. PROPOSED PRODUCTS

The proposed products with capacity are presented in below tabular formTable 2.2: List of Proposed Products with capacity

Sr. No.

Product Description Capacity (TPA)

1. Polyester Filament Yarn (POY/FDY) / Staple Fiber/Polyester Granules By Continuous Polymerization & melt spinning process using PTA and MEG as raw material

432000

2.

Synthetic Filament Yarn : Bulk Continuous Filament Yarn(BCF)/Partially Oriented Yarn(POY)/Fully Drawn Yarn(FDY)/Dope Dyed Yarn(DD)/Low Oriented Yarn(LOY)/Highly Oriented Yarn(HOY)/ Nylon Yarn(N6 & N66)/ Polypropylene Yarn(PP) By Melt Spinning Using Ready Polyester/Nylon Chip /Polyamide Chips/ Polypropylene Chips As Raw Materials.

378000

3.

Polyester Texturised Yarn/Draw Texturised Yarn/Air Texturised Yarn/ Polyester Twisted Yarn/Cable Yarn/Double Yarn/ Draw Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn By Using Ready Yarn Of Polyester/Nylon/Acrylic

288000

4. Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics

36000

5. Color Master Batch Chips / granules 9000

2.1.2. JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

The proponent company falls under Large Scale category and having an operational unit at Masat, UT of D&NH

for manufacturing of Synthetic Filament Yarns including Nylon (i.e. Polyester Texturised& Twisted Yarn,

Polyester Oriented Yarn (POY) / Fully Drawn Yarn (FDY), Bulk Continuous Filament Yarn/ Nylon Filament

Yarn). Now company is proposing to setup a new unit at Velugam, UT of D&NH which will be manufacturing

Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres& Granulesthrough continuous polymerisations @ 432000 TPA, various types

of Synthetic Filament Yarn @ 378000 TPA and various other types of manmade fibres like Texturized

Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed product line

also includes Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving

Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Color Master Batch Chips / granules@9000

TPA.The proponent started its operation for producing Synthetic filaments yarn using most efficient & feasible

technology available at time of the establishment of its other operational unit. Since its beginning the company



is performing greatly in the local as well as other open market. It has got very good customers through delivery

of quality products. As a result of these, the company is experiencing considerable increase in demand of their

proposed products. In order to meet the demand of the customers, the company is now proposing a new unit

for manufacturing the aforesaid products. The proposed project is envisaged as growth multiplier project for

the company and the company has got very good opportunity in recent time to execute the operation in

feasible manner for extreme rewarding growth of the already running business of the company. The proposed

product range is required as the company expect significant growth of business in local market as well as

overseas market in very near future.

Beside the benefits to the company, proposed project will have significant opportunity of direct & indirect

employment generation and development of local area through its increased CSR activities conducted as per

regulatory provisions. For the proposed project, there will be huge requirement of Human Resource for

throughout its operational phase. To meet these human resources requirement company will employ about

150 to 200 people in construction phase whereas to fulfil its need to handle the plant operation approximately

1500-2000local people will be directly employed. It is also expected that more than 1000 to 1200 people will

be indirectly employed in form of human resources required for transport works, development of hotel &

other business in local area, contract works etc.

Thus looking to afore said details it is envisaged that the proposed project will be very good opportunity and

key for significant development of the company. Also the new manufacturing unit of the proponent will

significantly increase Government revenue through the applicable Taxes and other levies. Besides, the

proposed project will also be helpful for the local area development and increase in employment status of the

region as significant direct & indirect employment will be generated with the proposed project.

2.1.3. PROJECT SITE

The proposed new Textile Unit for production various kinds of yarns and fabrics of the M/s. Beekaylon

Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. will be setup at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial

Zone situated at Village-Velugam of D & NH-396 240 (U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli).

As the project is to be developed the notified industrial zone, no alternative site has been considered for the

proposed project.

The key development plan of town planning department of UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli indicating proposed

site & map covering the project area is shown in subsequent figures. The map showing general location,

specific location and project boundary and project site layout of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. located

at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam

of U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli.The latitude and longitude of the project site is 20° 8'15.46"N and

72°59'32.41"E. Plot plan of the project site is presented in subsequent figure.

The map of project area showing the project site and surrounding area is presented below.



Fig.2.1: Map of Project Site

Fig. 2.2: Plant Layout



2.2. RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.2.1. LAND & BUILDINGS

Earlier company had planned for purchasing 7 plots admeasuring 98200 m2 Area. After detailed technical

assessment for land Requirement Company has decided to procure 5 plots admeasuring 7780m2.

Initial procuring land with plots Final procuring land with plots

1. 287/1- 5.30 Ha. (53000) 1. 287/1- 5.30 Ha. (53000)

2. 287/2- 1.64 Ha. (16400) 2. 284P- 0.89 Ha. (8900)

3. 284P- 0.89 Ha. (8900) 3. 289/1/2- 1.00 Ha. (10000)

4. 286/1/P- 0.40 Ha. (4000) 4. 289/1/3- 0.54 Ha. (5400)

5. 289/1/2- 1.00 Ha. (10000) 5. 289/2- 0.05 Ha. (500)

6. 289/1/3- 0.54 Ha. (5400)

7. 289/2- 0.05 Ha. (500)

Total Area- 9.82 Ha (98200 m2) Total Area- 7.78 Ha (77800 m2)

The key plan and the site layout map showing the project site is given in the Figure no. 2.2.

The total plot area of the proposed unit is 77800.00 m2, out of which Green belt area comprises of 25890 m2.

The total land to be used for construction is about 32805.00 m2. The details breakup of land requirement is as

given below table no. 2.3. The layout of project premises /site showing the buildings & infrastructures



including raw materials storage area, production area, utility area, office area, greenbelt area, internal roads

and parking area etc. is shown in earlier figure of plant layout.

Table 2.3: Area Statement for the Plant Premises

Area Statement Area (in m2)

Total Area 77800.00

Construction Area 32805.00

Open Land / Internal Road Area 19105.00

Greenbelt Area 25890.00

Plot no of 287/1 land acquisition has done and the land document is given in the Annexure VIII(A) remaining

plots no of 284P, 289/1/2, 289/1/3, and 289/2 acquisition is under process.

2.2.2. WATER

The unit will require total 4490.00 KLD water out of which 3740.00 KLD will be fresh water sourced from

irrigation canal (Surface water source)/Ground water with required permission from CGWA and 750.00 KLD

recycled water. The authorized permission letter for drawl of water from irrigation canal of Damanganga Canal

is provided as Annexure VIII(C).The industrial operation of the unit will require 4390.00 KLD, whereas the

domestic activities will require 100.00 KLD. In addition to these, 80KLD water requirement for irrigation of

greenbelt will be met by treated domestic wastewater from STP. The details with necessary breakup for water

requirement of proposed unit are presented in subsequent table.

Table 2.4: Breakup of Water Requirement and Waste water Generation& disposal

Sr. No.

Particulars

Water Requirement (KLD) Wastewater Generation (KLD)

Proposed (Total)

Fresh water

Recycled water

Quantity Treatment Disposal/ Reuse

1. Domestic 100.00 100.00 0.00 80.00 To in-house STP

Reuse for plantation within premises

2. Gardening 80.00 0.00 80.00 0.00 -- --

3. Industrial

Process 0.00 0.00 0.00 224.00 To

ETP+RO+MEE Reuse in Cooling Washing 75.00 75.00 0.00 70.00

Boiler 100.00 100.00 0.00 6.00

Cooling 4215.00 3465.00 750.00 500.00 To RO + MEE Recycle to Cooling

Sub Total (Industrial)

4390.00 3640.00 750.00 800.00 -- --

Total 4490.00 3740.00 750.00 880.00 -- --

Note: KLD = Kilo Litter per Day; TPD = Tone per Day; Evaporation loss @ 44.50 KLD & Residue @ 0.5 TPD to TSDF

2.2.3. ENERGY, FUEL & POWER

The production of proposed products will require significant quantum of steam & heat. To meet the steam &

heat requirement of the proposed project three boilers (2 x 1TPH & 1 X 10 TPH) and Thermic fluid Heaters (3

x 10 M KCal/Hr.) will be used. LSHS/Furnace Oil (FO) will be used as fuel for proposed Boilers & TFHs. Power

requirement of the proposed unit will be around 27 MW, which will be met from DNH Power Distribution

Corporation Ltd. To meet the power requirement of project during failure of power form the primary source,

company has also proposed to install three DG sets (1 x 1000 KVA & 2 X 2500 KVA). Diesel/HSD will be used as



fuel for proposed DG Sets. The details of Fuel & Power requirement is presented in tabular form in subsequent

table.

Table 2.5: Energy, Fuel & Power Requirement

Sr.

No. Particulars Total Source

1. Steam Requirement 12 Tons/Hr. In House Boilers (2 X 1 TPH & 10 TPH)

2. Heat Requirement 30 M Kcal/Hr. In house TFHs (3 X 10 M Kcal/Hr.)

2. Power 27 MW DNH Power Distri. Corp. Ltd. & D.G.

Sets-6000 KVA (Standby Power Source)

4. Furnace Oil/LSHS (For Boilers &

TFHs) 60 KLD

Local Trader

5. HSD (For DG Sets) 3750 Lit/Hr.

2.2.4. PLANT & MACHINERY

Plant and machineries details are presented in Annexure: IV of EIA report

2.2.5. HUMAN RESOURCE

The company will provide employment to 1353 people in different categories for operation of proposed

project. The details of the proposed employment structure are presented below in tabular form.

Table 2.6: Human Resource Requirement

Sr. No. General 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift Total

Skilled 40 105 105 105 355

Semi-

Skilled 140 140 140 420

Un-Skilled 190 190 190 570

Managerial 8 8

Total 48 435 435 435 1353

2.2.6. CAPITAL

The capital of proposed project has been estimated & budgeted to be around Rs. 443.00 crores. The details of

proposed estimation capital costs for land, buildings, plant machineries & equipment, environmental

protection measures etc. is presented below in tabulated form.

Table 2.7: Capital Cost

Sr. No. Purpose Cost (Rs. in Cr.)

1. Land 18.00

2. Building and Civil Works 50.00

3. Plant & Machinery and other fittings 360.00

4. Environmental protection measures 10.00

5. Green Belt Development 5.00

TOTAL : 443.00



2.3. DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS & ALLIED DETAILS

The details of Raw Materials & production process of all products are described in subsequent paragraphs

under respective headings.

2.3.1. RAW MATERIALS

All raw materials required for manufacturing of proposed products are easily available indigenously in local

market, which will be transported through road. The details of the raw material requirement are presented

below.

Table- 2.8: List of Raw Material and its Consumption per Month

Sr. No

.

Name of the product Raw Materials

Consumption Quantity

MT/MT MT/Year

1. Polyester Filament Yarn (POY/FDY) / Staple Fiber/Polyester Granules By Continuous Polymerization process using PTA and MEG @ 432000 TPA

Purified Terepthalic Acid 0.858 370656

Mono Ethylene glycol 0.334 144288

Antimony trioxide 0.003 1296

Titanium Dioxide 0.030 12960

Spin Finish oil 0.008 3456

2. Synthetic Filament Yarn : Bulk Continuous Filament Yarn(BCF)/Partially Yarn(POY)/Fully Drawn Yarn(FDY)/Dope Dyed Yarn(DD)/Low Oriented Yarn(LOY)/Highly Oriented Yarn(HOY)/ Nylon Yarn(N6 & N66)/ Polypropylene Yarn(PP) @ 378000 TPA

Polyester/Nylon/ Polyamide/ Polypropylene/Color master batch Chips/Granules

1.050 396900

Spin Finish oil 0.008 3024

3. Polyester Texturized Yarn/Draw Texturized Yarn/Air Texturized Yarn/ Polyester Twisted Yarn/Cable Yarn/Double Yarn/ Draw Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn @ 288000 TPA

Yarn Polyester / Nylon / Acrylic

0.960 276480

Antistatic oil 0.004 1152

4. Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA

Texturized Yarn/BCF/FDY

1.00 36000

5. Color Master Batch Chips @ 9000 TPA Colour Pigment 0.30 2700

Waxes 0.10 900

Polypropylene/Polyamide 6/ Polyethelene terephthalate(PET) / Polybutylene Terepthalate

0.60 5400



Table 2.9: Details of Raw Materials, their Source, Storage and Mode of transport

Sr.

No

Raw Material Storage Quantity

State of RM

Means of storage

Mode of transportation

1 PTA 5000 MT Powder Jumbo Bags in

Warehouse/Silo

Truck

2 MEG 4000 MT Liquid Tank Tanker

3 Spin Finish Oil 200 MT Liquid Tank Tanker/Truck

4 Antistatic oil 25 MT Liquid Drum Tanker/Truck

5 Antimony trioxide 20 MT Solid Bags Truck

6 Titanium Dioxide 40 MT Solid Bags Truck

7 Polyester/ PP/Nylon Chips 500 MT Granules Jumbo

Bag/Warehouse

Truck

PTA & MEG will be procured from manufacturer or Distributors where as other raw materials will be procured

from distributors or local traders. All transportation will be done through Road.

2.3.2. PROCESS DETAILS

The products of proposed project are described in earlier section with required raw materials. The company

shall use the latest available process technology for the production. This section includes the manufacturing

process of the product, chemical reactions, and mass balance of each product.

PRODUCT: 1- POLYESTER FILAMENT YARN (POY/FDY) / POLYESTER STAPLE FIBER/POLYESTER GRANULES

BY CONTINUOUS POLYMERIZATION PROCESS USING PTA AND MEG @ 432000 TPA.

A. Process Description

The manufacturing process consists of three stages, polycondensation, spinning and processing. There are

primarily two raw materials namely; Purified terephthalic acid (PTA) and Mono Ethylene Glycol (MEG). The

manufacturing process is explained in the subsequent sections.

The two main raw materials PTA (Purified Terephthalic Acid - powder form) and MEG (Mono Ethylene Glycol

– Liquid form) are fed through metering system to Paste Preparation Tank in desired mole ratio. The mixing of

PTA & MEG is a continuous process and Slurry thus formed is supplied to the Esterification reactor-ES1. The

reaction of PTA and MEG is accomplished in a set of two Esterification reactors – ES1 & ES2 under required

heating conditions. The Heat is provided through low pressure Heat Transfer Media (HTM) in closed circuit.

Excess glycol and water formed during the reaction, in vapour form, are taken from the top of the Esterification

reactors to a column for necessary separation. Water from the top is condensed in a Heat Exchanger and sent

to Stripping column system for further purification. From here Water is pumped for final treatment to ETP.

Separated glycol is pumped back to the Esterification reactors. Antimony Trioxide (Sb2O3), a catalyst used for

Polymerization reaction is added in EG solution to ES-1. Delustrant Agent – Titanium Dioxide (TiO2) and

Diethylene Glycol is added to ES-2.

The Oligomer or pre-polymer formed in the Esterification reactors is fed to continuous polymerization reaction

vessels consisting of Pre-polymeriser and Finisher. Here Oligomer further reacts to form Polyester of the

desired viscosity under specified and controlled temperature and vacuum conditions.

These reactors are also heated using HTM in closed circuit. The reaction links polymer chains with the

evolution of glycol. Excess glycol vapours are removed, condensed and taken to Esterification Reactors. The

polymer from the final reactor is then pumped through Gear Pump to polymer transfer lines, filtered in

Continuous Polymer Filter and distributed to Filament Yarn Spinning machines continuously.



Polyester Filament yarn (POY):

Molten Polymer from CP is passed through polymer coolers and after pressure boosting polymer is further

processed in POY.

Molten Polymer from CP is fed to individual machines. Here the Molten Polymer is pumped through various

Gear Pumps. Polymer passes through a Filtration Pack. Polymer from the Pack of specific number of holes in

the form of Filaments is exposed to the Quenching Zone (air of specific quality) and then transported through

the inter floor tube. Spin Finish application is done on Oiling guides. This yarn is then passed through special

pre intermingling guides where with the help of air, the applied spin finish is properly migrated between all

the filaments in a uniform way. Filaments pass from Feed Roller to let down roller. Here the post Intermingling

air is applied. The Filaments are taken on to the Paper tubes to form Bobbins. POY Bobbins are then packed in

the pallets and also on trolley to be sent to DTY department for texturising purpose.

Filament yarn (FDY):

Molten polymer from CP is fed to the individual machines in the same way as described for POY. Here the yarn

is taken over a set of Hot godets with 6-7 wraps on the godets and then over another set of hot godets with

6-7 wraps. This set of hot godets and separator roll runs at speeds of 4500 to 5200 mpm (so called the yarn is

hot drawn) and then it is intermingled with high pressure air so as to impart intermingling knots @ 25 to 35

per meters in the FDY yarn. This FDY yarn is then wound on the special designed paper tubes at speeds of 4500

to 5200 mpm depending on the FDY yarn and FDY packages are formed of approx 7 kgs net wt. of yarn.

Staple Fiber (SF):

In making polyester staple fiber, polymerization, drying, and melt spinning are the same as in the manufacture

of filament yarn. However, in the melt spinning process, the spinneret has many more holes when the product

is staple fiber. The rope-like bundles of polyester that emerge are called tow.

Drawing tow: Newly-formed tow is quickly cooled in cans that gather the thick fibers. Several lengths of tow

are gathered and then drawn on heated rollers to three or four times their original length.

Crimping: Drawn tow is then fed into compression boxes, which force the fibers to fold like an accordion, at a

rate of 9-15 crimps per inch (3-6 per cm). This process helps the fiber hold together during the later

manufacturing stages.

Setting: After the tow is crimped, it is heated at 212-302°F (100-150°C) to completely dry the fibers and set

the crimp. Some of the crimp will unavoidably be pulled out of the fibers during the following processes.

Cutting: Following heat setting, tow is cut into shorter lengths. Polyester that will be blended with cotton is

cut in 1.25-1.50 inch (3.2-3.8 cm) pieces; for rayon blends, 2 inch (5 cm) lengths are cut. For heavier fabrics,

such as carpet, polyester filaments are cut into 6 inch (15 cm) lengths.

B. Chemical Reaction for Continuous Polymerization:

The proposed project is of manufacturing of manmade fibers through continuous polymerization involving

following two main reactions.

i) Esterification Process

1n HOOC-C6H4-COOH+2n HO-C2H4-OH1nHO-C2H4-OH-OOC-C6H4-COO-C2H4-OH + 2n H2O

(PTA) (MEG) BHET WATER

Using PTA, MEG and the catalyst, the first reaction takes place via the production of Bis-(Beta hydroxyethyl)-

terephthalate (BHET). More than 96% of the -COOH end groups react with EG in this first step; water as side

product of this reaction has to be removed via the process column to shift the equilibrium to the right side.



The water removed from the Esterification cannot interfere with this process and complete Esterification can

take place.

ii) Polycondensation Process

1nHO-C2H4-OH-OOC-C6H4-COO-C2H4-OH + 1nHO-C2H4-OH-OOC-C6H4-COO-C2H4-OH

(BHET) (BHET)

HO-C2H4-(OOC-C6H4-COO-C2H4)n-OH + (n-1) HO-C2H4-OH

(PET) (MEG)

During the Polycondensation reaction, BHET is reacted further leading to polyester (Polyethylene

Terephthalate-PET) with MEG being split off. In these steps MEG has to be continuously removed by different

vacuum steps to shift the equilibrium to the polymer side. The final product is an amorphous polyester melt

which goes for spinning to POY and FDY products. The degree of polymerisation is of the order of 80 to 100.

C. Materials Balance:

The complete representation of material balance with respect to the above chemistry has been illustrated in

the following figure as diagrammatic presentation of process & material balance.

Process flow diagram of Continuous Polymerization with Mass Balance



PRODUCT: 2 - SYNTHETIC FILAMENT YARN : BULK CONTINUOUS FILAMENT YARN(BCF)/PARTIALLY

ORIENTED YARN (POY) /FULLY DRAWN YARN(FDY)/DOPE DYED YARN(DD)/LOW ORIENTED

YARN(LOY)/HIGHLY ORIENTED YARN(HOY)/ NYLON YARN(N6 & N66)/ POLYPROPYLENE YARN(PP) BY MELT

SPINNING @ 378000 TPA.

PRODUCT: 3- POLYESTER TEXTURISED YARN/DRAW TEXTURISED YARN/AIR TEXTURISED YARN/ POLYESTER

TWISTED YARN/CABLE YARN/DOUBLE YARN/ DRAW TWISTED YARN/ACRYLIC YARN /COVERED

YARN/SPANDEX YARN @ 288000 TPA.

Manufacturing process for all the products are similar, physical properties are varies as per requirement of

the product.

A. Process Description:

Manufacturing process for all the products are similar, only their physical properties vary as per requirement

of the finished product. Partially oriented yarn (POY),Fully Drawn Yarn (FDY) and Bulk Continuous Filament

(BCF) will be made from Polyester chips (granule).

Polyester/Nylon chips & granules are procured from the open market. Spin finish oil is used during the

spinning stage to avoid the adhesion of yarns and antistatic coning oil is used during texturization stage for

better quality of products.

Step wise process is as follows:

Unloading and storage of polyester/Nylon chips & Granules is done by Conveying pneumatically by dense

phase conveying system. In Fluidized bed crystallizer cum dryer Moisture level of chips is brought to

0.003%.Dried chips are fed into extruder for melting, compression and mixing (homogenization by a moving

spiral barrier type screw. Screw barrel is treated in five different constant temperature zones. Melt is filtered

up to 20 micron through C.P.F (Continuous Polymer Filter) and fed to various pumps.

Metering: Positive displacement pump of different capacity speed controlled by inverter, decides. Melt comes

to pack contains various filters and spinneret which decides number of filament in yarn.

Quenching: Melt in yarn shape is quenched in cold air (23oC) in quench chamber were air is equally distributed

by honey combs. Spin finish oil is applied to the yarn for better binding & reduction& static charge generation

by positive displacement pump. Speed controlled by inverter. Yarn is given “S” wrap by two Godet rollers for

controlling tension. Additional three HOT godet are used for FDY in same process.

Winding: Yarn is wrapped on paper tube by high speed spindle driven auto turret winder 2800-3400 mt per

min for FDY 4500 to 5200 mt per Min. Inspection & Testing and Grading (POY/FDY/NFY/PPFY) can be sale

directly or further processed. Bobbins are sent for further processing i. e. Texturising to get texturized yarn

Texturized Yarn is sent to Twisting to get twisted Yarn. Packing and dispatch for further processing to make

fabrics.



B. Process Flow Diagram:

PRODUCT: 4- WINDING OF YARN/HEAT SETTING OF YARN/CIRCULAR KNITTING/WARPING / WARP

KNITTING/ WEAVING FABRICS/CARPET WEAVING/ NARROW FABRICS @36000 TPA.

A. Process Description:

Manufacturing of Winding of Yarn/Heat Setting of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/ Weaving

Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics will be carried out on required automatic machines as pre required

properties of products.




PRODUCT: 5- COLOR MASTER BATCH CHIPS @ 9000 TPA

A. Manufacturing Process

Manufacturing of color master batches is a simple mixing of pigment, polymer (polyester) and waxes. Mixture

of all the ingredients is passed through twin screw extruder, melt mixing extruder and cooling of stand in water

bath and pelletizing of master batches, packing and dispatch for further utilization.


Cooling of stand in water bath &Pelletizing

Charging of premix in Twin screw extruder and melt mixing extruder

Pre-mixing in mixer

Colour Pigment + Polymer (polyester) + waxes

Packing and dispatch

Quality Control/Assurance

Winding/Heat Setting/Cir. Knitting/Warping/Knitting/Weaving/ Carpet

Weaving/Narrowing on applicable machines as per requirement

Yarn of required product

Packing and dispatch



2.4. POLLUTION POTENTIALS & CONTROL MEASURES

2.4.1. Air Pollution Sources & Control

There will be nine sources of stationary emissions which are Boilers (1 x 10 TPH &2 x 2 TPH), Thermic Fluid

Heaters (3 x 10 M Kcal/Hr.) and DG sets (1 x 1000 KVA and 2 x 2500 KVA). The fuel for Boilers & TFHs will be

LSHS/FO whereas the Diesel will be operated using HSD as fuel. Company has planned to provide stacks having

adequate height & internal diameter at top and necessary pollution control measures. The summarized details

of the stationary/utility emissions are presented in tabular form below.

Table 2.10: Details of Utility Emission & Control Measure

Sr. No.

Item Capacity & no. of units

Fuel & Fuel consumption

Stack Ht.& Dia. Emission

1. Steam Boiler 1 No., 10 TPH 2 Nos., 1 TPH

LSHS/ Furnace Oil: 60.00 KLD

30 m Ht. & 0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)

PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2< 100 ppm NOx< 50 ppm 2. Thermic Fluid

Heater 3 Nos, 10 M

Kcal/Hr. 30 m Ht. &0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)

3. D. G. Set 1 No. of 1000 KVA & 2 Nos. of 2500 KVA

Diesel 3750 lit/hr.

30 m Ht. &0.15 m Dia. (Each)

2.4.1.1 Fugitive Emission Control

Fugitive emission could occur from the storage yard of raw materials and finished products. Emissions from

transport of vehicles would occur to a certain extent. The emissions from traffic movements will be controlled

by proper planning of the transport of raw materials and finished products to and from the factory premises.

All the roads inside the plant will be concreted to reduce any dust emissions. Proper planning and maintenance

will control the extent of fugitive emissions. During the production, the industry will carry out regular

monitoring of fugitive emissions as per the factories Act. Following Measures will be taken for control the

above said fugitive emission:

Proper storage of raw materials, products and fuels.

Ensuring closed feeding and sampling.

Establishing SOPs for start-up, shut down and maintenance operational procedures.

Regular work place monitoring and ambient air quality monitoring as per post project monitoring plan.

2.4.2. Wastewater Generation & Management

The industrial effluent generation will be @ 800.00 KLD (224 KLD from process, 70 KLD washings and 6 KLD

Boiler blow down and 500 KLD cooling blow down. Domestic effluent (80.00 KLD) will be treated in STP with

primary, secondary & tertiary treatment units. Industrial waste water @300 KLD from Process, washing

&boiler tower blow down will treated in the Effluent Treatment Plants with Primary, Secondary & Tertiary

units and treated effluent will be sent to RO. 500 KLD effluent from cooling tower blow down will be directly

sent to RO. The permeate @750 KLD will be reused to meet the water requirement of the project whereas the

RO reject will be evaporated in MEE. Thus, there will be no discharge of any kind of treated wastewater outside

the company premises to achieving Zero Liquid Discharge.

The details of wastewater generation are tabulated below whereas the water balance diagram is shown in

subsequent figure.



Table 2.11: Details of Waste Water Generation

Sr. No.

Particulars Quantity

(KDL ) Treatment

Facility Reuse Details

1. Domestic 80.00 STP Reuse for Irrigation of Greenbelt

2. Industrial Total 800.00 ETP-RO-MEE Reuse for cooling

a) Process 224.00 ETP-RO-MEE

b) Washing 70.00 ETP-RO-MEE

c) Boiler Blow down 6.00 ETP-RO-MEE

d) Cooling Tower Blow down 500.00 RO-MEE

Design Criteria of ETP:

Product : Polyester through Continuous Polymerization

Source of Effluent : Process effluent, Washing & Utilities.

Design Flow of Effluent : 300 KL/day Max.

Design Parameters : as under

Table 2.12: Characteristics of Wastewater for ETP Design

Sr. No. Parameter Unit Raw Effluent Quality/Value

Treated effluent Quality/Value

1. Flow M3/ Day 300 Max. 300 Max.

2. pH -- 4.0 to 8.0 6.5 to 7.5

3. Suspended Solids mg/lit 250 to 350 <100 mg/lit

4. Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 1500 to 2000 <100 mg/lit

5. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 5000 to 7000 <250 mg/lit

6. Oil & Grease mg/lit 40 to 50 <10 mg/lit

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 1500 to 2000 <2100 mg/lit

Based on the above criteria you have to install Effluent Treatment Plant as mentioned in the proposal

with required capacity.

The details of various unit & components of the proposed ETP units with MOC to be design are as

below.

Table 2.13: Details of Proposed ETP

No. Particulates MOC No. Particulates MOC

1. Oil & Grease Removal Tanks RCC 14. Activated Carbon Filter MS Epoxy

2. Collection/ Reaction Tank RCC 15. Treated Water Tank RCC

3. Flash Mixer RCC 16. Sludge Drying Beds Brick Masonry

4. Primary Clarifier RCC 17. Sludge Storage Area Brick Masonry

5. 1st Stage Aeration Tank RCC 18. Transfer Pumps C.I.

6. 1st Stage Secondary Clarifier RCC 19. Filter feed Pumps C.I.

7. 2nd Stage Aeration Tank RCC 20. Treated Water Pumps C.I.

8. 2nd Stage Secondary Clarifier RCC 21. Air Blower for Collection tank

C.I.

9. Holding Tank RCC 22. Air Blower for Aeration tanks

C.I.

10. Flash Mixer MS FRP 23. Course diffuser for Equalization tank

HDPE / PVC

11. Primary Clarifier Mechanism MS FRP 24. Fine diffuser for Aeration tanks

EPDM



12. Secondary Clarifier Mechanism

MS FRP 25. Piping, Valves Fittings etc. Standard

13. Pressure Sand Filter MS Epoxy 26. Electrical Panel with Energy Meter

Standard

Fig 2.3: Flow Diagram of Proposed ETP



Fig 2.4: Water Balance Diagram

2.4.3. Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation & Management

The hazardous waste will be generated from process, ETP, STP, machinery and raw material consumption.

All the wastes will be stored separately in a designated storage area safely and properly. The company will

send its ETP waste to GEPIL Site, Silvassa for final disposal. Yarn waste from process will be sold to actual

users or recycled in process. Used oil from machinery will be sold to registered recycler/re-processor. Empty

drums and bags will be sold to authorized re-conditioner & authorized scrap vendor. The process residue

from polymerisation will be sent for Co-incineration of common incineration facility for final disposal. The

details of all wastes & their management are tabulated below.

Table 2.14: Details of Solid Waste Generation & Management

Types of Waste & Category

Source of Generation

Quantity per Month

Method of Disposal

Hazardous Wastes

ETP waste(35.3) ETP, STP& MEE 60.00 MT To TSDF of GEPIL site, Silvassa

Used oil(5.1) Utility & Machineries

1.00 KL Reuse or Sell to registered refiners

Empty drums(33.1) Raw material 50000 Nos. Reused or Sell to authorized scrap vendor

Process Waste (22.2 ) From process 15.00 MT

Sell to authorized recycler or for co-incineration or to Common Incineration Facility

Non-Hazardous Solid Wastes

Yarn waste& Lumps From process 750.00 MT Recycled or Sell to actual users.



2.4.4. Noise & Vibration Generation & Control

Noise & Vibration generation is anticipated in utility & production area as well as from operation of pumps,

motor & compressors etc. installed at different location within premises. Mainly the high noise & vibration

is likely to be generated in Production area (Spinning, weaving, Twisting), utility area from Air Dryer and

Boilers, TFHs, DG Sets. The noise level in building of manmade fibre & fabric manufacturing (Texturizing,

weaving & spinning) will be ranging from 80 to 100 dB (A) whereas outside the building the noise level in

premises will range from 75dB (A) to 80 dB (A) depending up on the distance from the noise sources. Noise

level outside of premises will never cross the permissible limit for industrial unit as mostly remains below

75 dB(A). All noises will be managed by provision of proper PPEs for working people in the respective areas.

Vibrations will be managed by provision of proper fitting, shunting and sturdy non-vibrating foundation with

rubber pads.

2.4.5. Greenbelt Development

Company has acquired plot admeasuring 77800.00 Sq. Mt. The adequate greenbelt has been / will be

developed at the periphery of plant premises as well as in some open area within the premises which

admeasures 25890.00 Sq. Mt. (33.3% of total plot area). Additional Plantation for additional greenbelt

within premises on side of road building (approx. 1-1.5 Mt belt) will be done which will significantly increase

the total effective greenbelt area. Greenbelt will be maintained by regular fertilization, irrigation &

replantation to give thick pasture view considering the guideline of CPCB for three tiers greenbelt

development.

2.5. Occupational Health & Safety

2.5.1. Hazardous Materials & Their Management

There will be only one hazardous material in the proposed new project. This material is identified as hazardous

as per MSIHC Rules (2000).

Table 2.15: Hazardous Raw materials identified as per MSIHC Rule 2000

Above mentioned hazardous material is being/will be managed in accordance with national & state

regulations. Detailed RA study will be conducted for storage and handling of the hazardous materials will be

conducted and all necessary measures as suggested in RA report will be implemented for prevention of

hazards associated with the hazardous chemicals of the project.

Primarily proponent has implemented the following general risk reduction measures for Handling, Storage of

Hazardous Materials (Bags, Drums & Tanks) in existing unit to maintain safe work place & hazard free areas in

the proposed unit. Similar risk reduction measures will be implemented for proposed project in addition to

the measures suggested in RA report.

Adequate ventilation in godown & production area to prevent toxic chemical vapour exposure builtup

in workplace and to maintained area below PEL/TLV limits. Air change ratio in these areas will be

managed around 1.

Proper label and identification board /stickers in storage & production area for all chemicals

Conductive drum pallets will be provided.

Trolley / stackers/fork lift for heavy goods/drum/bag handling.

Sr. No. Name Physical state Storage Cap. In MT

Threshold Storage Limit as per MSIHC

Rule

MSIHC Applicability

1. Monoethylene Glycol Liquid 4000 NA Sh-I,Part-II,267



Storage of Materials as per compatibility

Separate storage area for flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical storage.

Prohibition/restriction on smoking and other spark/ flame generating item.

Lower level ventilation exhaust system will be provided in drum storage area.

Material safety data sheets at storage as well as process and chemical handling area.

Fire hydrant system & fire fighting equipment in unit as per TAC/NFPA Norms.

Plant should meet provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1986

& the factories Act, 1948 and The Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and

Response) Rules, 1996 (As amended timely).

Static grounding to all process vessels and equipment

Caution note board for all hazardous chemicals

Safety valve provision to be made on reactor.

Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills in order to train the staff and make them mentally prepared

to tackle any emergency

Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year.

Proper coloring as per IS 2379 in plant to pipeline network, tank and equipment to protect it from

corrosion.

Preventive maintenance schedule for all the equipment and colour code or tagging

Permit to work system on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be carried out in the plant

Automated Fire detection system &/or manual call points for fire location identification in storage area

as well as plant area

Compulsory Induction safety course and training of all new employees

Empty drums & bags will be stored in separate dedicated empty drum & bag storage area. All drums &

bags will be neutralized/decontaminated before send it to recyclers.

2.5.2. Occupational Health Management

The company is concerned about the occupational health and safety among its work force as the man power

is the biggest asset to the industry. The On-site Emergency Plan is prepared and implemented for existing

activities and will be modified as per proposed change in product mix and will be implemented. The Off-site

Emergency Plan is available with the District Collector Office, Silvassa. The following safety measures are

implemented and will be followed:

Safety Training will be provided to the employees.

Safety Alarm Systems are installed for use, in case of emergency.

Emergency Control Room with emergency sirens is established.

Assembly point is provided.

Fire Hydrant System is installed.

Fire Extinguishers are provided.

Mock drills are periodically conducted and factors like response time are evaluated.

Fire squad team is formed for handling any emergency situation & regular training of squad team will

be conducted.

First Aid Facility and training is provided.

Personal protective gears and equipment are provided to the employees.

Health check-ups are organized at regular intervals.

Safety / Health records and MSDS will be maintained.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-03: Description of the environment (QCI-NABET Accredited Consultant Organization) 3-1

CHAPTER: 03

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1. GENERAL

A comprehensive understanding of the physical, chemical and biological environment provides the

foundation to a well-executed Environmental Assessment. The detailed baseline characterization is used as

input to model possible project impact, which allows specialists to provide timely input to project designs to

reduce potentially adverse environmental impacts. This in turn produces a more socially and

environmentally sustainable project and enhances the efficiency of the project permitting process.

The baseline study for the M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. was carried out within the 10 Km radius taken

from the project boundary which is considered as the study area for executing the environmental impact

Assessment study as per awarded TORs from EAC (Ind.-II), MoEF, New Delhi.

In order to assess the impacts of proposed project on existing physical, biological and social environment, it

is necessary to study the present scenario of the area by collecting information on the following

environmental attributes:

Land Environment

Meteorology

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Water Environment

Soil Environment

Biological Environment

Socio-economic Environment

The relevant information and data (both primary & secondary) were collected in 10 km distance from the

project boundary during the post monsoon season 2017 (October ’17 to December’17) in accordance with

the guidelines for preparation of EIA studies.To establish the existing environmental scenario, field studies

and monitoring were carried out for the winter season.

The baseline study started with site visits and reconnaissance survey in the study area and monitoring/

sampling locations were fixed for the primary data on the basis of potential impacts of the proposed project.

For obtaining relevant secondary data, various Government agencies were approached.

3.1.1. STUDY AREA

EIA study was conducted in the area falling within 10 km radius (Arial Distance) from the project site,

considering the conditions of awarded TORs from EAC (Ind.-II), MoEF, New Delhi. The baseline information is

collected for the identified study area. The study area fallsin notified industrial zone of Velugam at Survey

Nos.: 287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2; Village Velugam, UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli.

The project area is located at Govt. Industrial Estate of U.T. of Dadra and Nagar Haveli having geographical

potion at 20° 8'15.46"N and 72°59'32.41"E. The Arabian Sea is situated in west direction, which is about 29.

Km (W) away from the notified industrial zone. The nearest railway station – Sanjan is about 18.90 Km (W)

away from project site. The project site is well connected with state & national Highway network and the

nearest National Highway (NH48) is about 7.8 Km(W) and State Highway (SH 29)is about 4.75 km (NE) away

from project site. The nearest interstate boundary, Gujarat about 7.5 km &Maharashtra about 0.3 km.

Nearest Eco-sensitive Zone- wildlife sanctuary -D & NH Wild Life Sanctuary-1.30 km E & 2.30 km W, Vasona

Lion safari 9.37 km NW (Approx.) &Dapada, Satmaliya Deer Park 5.3 Km NE (Approx.) are situated. The major

reservoirs of the area-Madhuban Dam is situated at 8.41 Km (N) whereas Kurze Reservoir is situated at 6.24

km (NE).



The map of the study area & sampling locations is illustrated below in Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2, whereas the

salient features of the project area are tabulated in subsequent Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Salient Features of Project Area (10 Km)

Sr. No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Site

1 Geographical Position 20° 8'15.46"N and 72°59'32.41"E

2 Elevation above Sea Level 72 Meters (Approx.)

3 Nearest Village Velugam-1.9 km SW

4 Nearest Town Silvassa - 13.00 km N

5 Nearest National Highway NH-48- 7.8 km W

6 Nearest State Highway SH29-5.02 km S

8 Nearer RW Station Sanjan- 18.90 Km W

9 Nearest Airport Daman: 37.00 Km NW (of Coast Guard only), Surat : 112.00 Km N & Mumbai- 117.00 Km S

10 Nearest Surface water Resource/Reservoir

Arabian Sea (29.7 Km W) Damanganga Reservoir(8.41 Km N) Kurze Reservoir (6.24 km NE)

11 Forest Patches 2.59 km W

12 Surface Water Resources

Madhuban Dam(8.41 km NE)

Kurze Dam (6.24 kmNE)

Damanganga River (8.22 Km NE)

Dongar Khadi River (1.40 km N)

Sakartod River (3.45 km NE)

Darotha River (5.23 Km NW)

13 National Park/Sanctuary/Ecologically sensitive Area

Patches of Reserved forests - 2.59 km W

Vasona Lion safari - 9.37 km NW

Satmalia Deer Park - 5.3 km NE

DNH Wildlife sanctuary -1.30 km E & 2.30 km W

14 National or State Boundary Gujarat – 7.5 Km E

Maharashtra– 0.3 Km E

15 Tourist Places Gardens & monuments- within 15 Km N Madhuban Dam - 8.41 km NE

16 Selection of project Site and Detail of alternate Site.

Proposed new project is in the Industrial area having proper industrial infrastructure hence alternate site consideration is not envisaged.

17 Size or Magnitude of Operation Large Scale

18 Seismic Zone Zone- III



Fig.3.1: Base Map of Study Area Locations



3.1.1.1. Environmental Baseline Data Collection

A. Primary Data & Authenticity of Primary Data

Primary data was collected by monitoring & surveying of various environmental components/ parameters in

10 km distance from the project boundary during the study period (i.e. winter season 2017; October to

December); details of which are given in Table: 3.1.& 3.2

Table- 3.2: Primary data collection

Sr. No. Description

1 Land use Pattern: Landuse survey, once in a season for 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the project site.

2 Meteorology: Meteorological parameters on hourly basis at project site. Parameters: Temperature, Relative humidity, Wind Speed & Wind Direction.

3 Ambient Air Quality: Ambient air quality monitoring (24 hourly), twice a week. Parameters: All 12 Parameters as per NAAQS 2009 No. of Locations: 8 locations in 10 km radial area from project site.

4 Ambient Noise: Noise level monitoring (day & night time), once in a season. No. of Locations: 8 locations in core and buffer zone of plant site.

5 Water Quality: Ground water sampling: once in a season&8 locations in 10 km radial area from project site. Surface water sampling, once in a season&5 locations in 10 km radial area from project site.

6 Soil Quality: Soil sampling: once in a season&8 locations in 10 km radial area from project site.

7 Geo-Hydrology, Geology: Geo-hydrology and Geology survey, once in a season for 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the project site.

8 Biological Environment: Biodiversity survey: once in a season for 10 km radial area from the project site.

9 Socio-economic Environment: Socio-economic survey: once in a season for 10 km radial area from project site.

Unistar Environment and Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. at Vapi had conducted the field & laboratory studies for

primary data collection with respect to meteorology, air, water, soil and noise quality. The laboratory is

certified to National Accreditation Board for Laboratories (NABL) and is a gazetted laboratory under the

Environment Protection Act. The laboratory follows an auditable quality plan including sampling, analysis,

reporting and calibration and participates in inter-laboratory quality control practices

B. Secondary Data Collection Secondary data collected includes:

Socio-economic conditions from census data

Sensitive areas such as forests, sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological and tourist importance

Meteorological data from Indian Meteorology Department 3.1.1.2. Sampling & Monitoring Locations

The locations for sampling & monitoring were selected within 10 km radial area from site as per the

requirements of awarded TOR from MoEF. The locations are selected based on probable effects in project

study area considering various guidelines from CPCB. One location of AAQM is selected in downwind

direction. Total eight locations were selected from the study area falling within 10 km radial distance for

sampling and monitoring of air, noise, soil and groundwater as per terms of reference. The surface water

samples were also collected from the water bodies falling within the study area. The details of selected

sampling & monitoring locations are presented in table 3.3



Table 3.3: Sampling & monitoring Locations (Study Area - 10 Km)

Sr. No.

Name of Location Approx. Aerial

Distance from Site (in Km)

Approx. Elevation (in meter)

Details of Sampling & Monitoring

1 Project Site, 20.138901°, 72.991861° 20.138107°, 72.992780° 20.138120°, 72.992070° 20.137613°, 72.989460°

0.0 km Centre of

Study Area

67 69 70 64

Ambient Air Quality (AQ1) Ambient Noise (N1) Ground water (GW1) Surface Soil (SS1)

2 Surangi 20.154431°, 73.005729° 20.155306°, 73.004578° 20.154670°, 73.006110° 20.160680°, 73.006870°

2.32 km (NE) 2.33 km (NE) 2.37 km (NE) 2.97 km (NE)

63 62 61 58

Ambient Air Quality (AQ2) Ambient Noise (N2) Groundwater (GW2) Surface Soil (SS2)

3 Pati 20.181949°, 73.046252° 20.181321°, 73.047224° 20.192160°, 73.052510° 20.192730°, 73.052240°

7.47 km (NE) 7.50 km (NE) 8.72 km (NE) 8.74 km (NE)

65 68 58 56

Ambient Air Quality(AQ3) Ambient Noise(N3) Groundwater (GW3) Surface Soil (SS3)

4 Karachgam 20.115289°, 73.003991° 20.115220°, 73.004965° 20.123110°, 73.013500° 20.123300°, 73.013150°

2.76 km (SE) 2.73 km (SE) 2.73 km (SE) 2.69 km (SE)

85 84 64 63

Ambient Air Quality(AQ4) Ambient Noise (N4) Groundwater (GW4) Surface Soil(SS4)

5 Bindrabin 20.145962°, 73.040724° 20.144207°, 73.042166° 20.141420°, 73.055530° 20.141090°, 73.056590°

5.14 km (E) 6.83 km (E) 6.62 km (E) 6.73 km (E)

68 81 79 75

Ambient Air Quality (AQ5) Ambient Noise (N5) Groundwater (GW5) Surface Soil (SS5)

6 Luhari 20.201048°,72.977404° 20.201891°, 72.977583° 20.205710°, 72.969840° 20.205610°, 72.969990°

7.18 km (N) 7.28 km (N) 7.89 km (N) 7.88 km (N)

65 65 87 88

Ambient Air Quality, (AQ6) Ambient Noise, (N6) Groundwater, (GW6) Surface Soil.(SS6)

7 Kurze 20.119346°, 72.962112° 20.119757°, 72.961790° 20.113970°, 72.952730° 20.114030°, 72.952640°

3.75 km (SW) 3.63 km (SW) 4.90 km (SW) 4.91 Km (SW)

77 78 63 63

Ambient Air Quality(AQ7) Ambient Noise, (N7) Ground Water, (GW7) Surface soil, (SS7)

8 Apti 20.155382°, 72.983829° 20.154470°, 72.992042° 20.154327°, 72.990947° 20.153552°, 72.992550°

2.19 km (NW) 1.98 km (NW) 1.89 km (NW) 1.75 km (NW)

55 56 56 56

Ambient Air Quality(AQ8) Ambient Noise (N8) Ground Water (GW8) Surface Soil (SS8)

10 Dongar Khadi River 20.137610°N, 73.004272°E Sakartod River 20.153910°N, 73.021133°E Damanganga River 20.19300°N, 73.05584°E Darotha River 20.179819°°, 72.943161°°

3 km (N)

5.78 km (NE)

9.04 km (SE)

8.91 km (NW)

Surface Water(SW1) Surface Water(SW2) Surface Water(SW3) Surface Water(SW4)



Sr. No.

Name of Location Approx. Aerial

Distance from Site (in Km)

Approx. Elevation (in meter)

Details of Sampling & Monitoring

Kurze Dam 20.095550°, 72.954820°

6.09(SW)

Surface Water(SW5)

Fig 3.2: Sampling & monitoring Locations (Study Area - 10 Km)



3.2. Meteorology

Micro- meteorology plays a pivotal role in understanding of the weather phenomena and the climatology

which in turn affect the dispersion pattern of the pollutants. Thus the micro-meteorological studies are in

integral part of the air pollution studies which not only help in interpretation of the extant baseline for air

quality dispersion studies.

Meteorological conditions at the site regulate the transport and diffusion of air-pollutants released into the

atmosphere. Ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and atmospheric stability are called primary

or basic meteorological parameters because the dispersion and diffusion of pollutants depend mainly on

these parameters.

3.2.1 Methodology

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observation was as per the standard norms laid down by

Bureau of Indian Standards, and the India Meteorological Department (IMD). On site monitoring was

undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data.

3.2.2. Site specific meteorological data

Humidity, Precipitation, Pressure and visibility are secondary meteorological parameters as this control the

dispersion of pollutants indirectly by affecting primary parameters. Details of primary meteorological data

and secondary meteorological data with respect to proposed project are discussed here.

An automatic weather monitoring station was installed at a height of approx. 15 meters from the ground

level at Vapi - M/s. UniStar Environment and Research Labs Pvt Ltd. to monitor parameters of wind speed

and wind direction, temperature& relative humidity. The data is recorded as the maximum, minimum,

instantaneous value and average value of all the readings collected during the preceding hour. Monitoring

was done as per IS: 8829: Micro-meteorological Techniques in Air Pollution.

The details of parameters monitored, equipment used and the frequency of monitoring are given in the

following table

Table 3.4: Meteorological Parameters Monitored at Site

Sr.

No.

Parameters Instruments Frequency

1. Weather Monitoring Weather Monitoring Station Model Enviro WM271

Hourly / Continuous

2. Wind speed Counter Cup Anemometer Hourly / Continuous

3. Wind direction Wind vane Hourly / Continuous

4. Temperature Thermo sensor Hourly / Continuous

5. Relative humidity Thermo –hygrosensor Hourly / Continuous

3.2.3 Primary survey

Meteorological survey was undertaken for monitoring of site specific meteorological data as per IS: 8829-

1978 and CPCB Guidelines, weather station was set-up at the terrace of admin building of the project site

from October- 2017 to December - 2017.The site specific meteorological data including the parameters viz.,

wind direction, wind speed, relative humidity and ambient temperature were recorded using automatic

weather station installed at Vapi and the same are presented in Table 3-5.

Automated Weather stations are located at Vapi at nearest site of Vapi. The details of micro- meteorological

data from these locations are provided in the below table

Table 3.5: Site Specific Meteorological Data (October’17 to December’17)

Location Wind Speed (m/sec) Temperature (°C) Humidity (%)

Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg.

Vapi 15.00 0.00 2.69 38.20 16.50 27.20 100.40 19.40 65.40



Source:-Primary Data collected by Unistar environment & research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi

3.2.4.1. Wind pattern for the study period

The wind pattern during the study period is depicted in the form of wind rose in the Figure-3-3. The wind

rose depicts that the predominant wind direction was SE to NW during October to December 2017. The wind

frequency class distribution reflects that the calms prevailed for 3.67% of the total period during the study.

3.2.4.2. Temperature

The temperature ranged from a minimum of 16.50°C to a maximum of 38.20°C while the average was found

to be 27.20°C.

3.2.4.3. Relative humidity

The relative humidity ranged from a minimum of 19.40% to a maximum of 100.40% while the average was

computed to be 65.40%.

Figure 3-3: Site specific wind rose for the study period (Wind Blowing to)



3.3. Ambient Air Quality

The prime objective of the baseline ambient air monitoring was to evaluate the existing air quality of the

area while the secondary objective was to establish the baseline levels of air quality on which the predicted

ground level concentrations based on air quality modelling exercise would be superimposed. This would also

be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operation of the

proposed project. The ambient air quality for PM10 (<10 microns), PM2.5 (<2.5 microns), SO2, NO2, O3,

NH3, Pb, As, Ni, Benzene, CO and BaP was monitored at eight (8) locations in the study area.

3.3.1. Methodology adopted for Air Quality Survey

3.3.1.1. Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the air quality in the study area has been assessed through a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance

program has been based on the following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale such as the predominant wind direction in the study

area / project site; the study shows the predominant wind direction is from south east, to North

West one location namely AAQ8 is located in the downwind side and one location namely AAO4 is

located in the upwind side.

Selection of sampling locations has been done as per the guidelines given in the EIA manual of the

MoEF&CC and the CPCB guidelines;

The Ambient air quality samples were analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and Indian Standard as Per IS: 5182/APHA methods.

Sensitive receptors in study area (i.e. School, Hospitals, Forest and Agricultural & Residential area)

are covered in the air quality monitoring network.

3.3.2. Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Ambient air quality monitoring for all selected parameters has been carried out at frequency of two days per

week at eight (8) locations during the study period. This was carried out in accordance with the guidelines of

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Scientific Manual of GPCB and National Ambient Air Quality Standard

(NAAQS) of CPCB.

3.3.3. Instruments used for Sampling

Respirable dust samplers of Enviro tech make were used for monitoring PM10 (<10 microns), PM2.5 (<2.5

microns) and gaseous pollutants like SO2, NO2, O3, NH3, Pb, As, Ni, Benzene and Bap. Gas Analyser has been

used for the estimation of CO.

3.3.4. Sampling and Analytical Techniques

The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and its minimum detectable levels are given in Table

3-6.

Table3.6: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sr. No.

Parameter Technique Technical protocol Minimum Detectable Limits

1. PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric method)

IS-5182(Part-23) 10µg/m3

2. PM2.5 fine particular Sampler (Gravimetric method)

- 4.0µg/m3

3. Sulphur Dioxide Modified West and Gaeke IS-5182(Part-II) 4.0µg/m3

4. Nitrogen Oxide Jacob & Hochheiser IS-5182(Part-VI) 6.0µg/m3

5. CO Gas Analyser (CO) IS 5182 (Part 10) 1.0 mg/m3

6. O3 UV Spectrophotometer IS 5182 (Part 9) 5.0µg/m3

7. NH3 Titrimetric Method - 20µg/m3

8. Pb AAS Method IS 5182(Part 22) 0.50µg/m3



Sr. No.

Parameter Technique Technical protocol Minimum Detectable Limits

9. As AAS Method IS 5182(Part 22) 1.0ng/m3

10. Ni AAS Method IS 5182(Part 22) 1.0ng/m3

11. Benzene GC Method IS 5182(Part 11) 1.0µg/m3

12. BaP GC Method IS 5182(Part 12) 0.1ng/m3

3.3.5. Sampling locations

Sampling locations were selected for AAQ Monitoring keeping in view the pre-dominant wind direction

prevailing in the area during the study period. It can be observed from the wind rose diagram (Figure: 3.3)

that the predominant downwind wind direction during the study period was from 282 Degree (SW). Villages/

locations have been selected in the downwind direction as well as in the upwind direction for AAQ

monitoring from the project site. Monitoring stations selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring during the

study period are given in Table: 3.3. Satellite image showing locations of AAQ Monitoring Stations are

depicted in Figure 3.2.

3.3.6. Ambient air monitoring

The following Table-3.7 shows the max. and min. concentrations of the air pollutants monitored at different

locations (as mentioned in above table) during the study period.

3.3.5. Observations

The concentration of PM10was found to be between 49 μg/m3 (Bindrabin Village) to 90μg/m3. (Pati Village). The average concentration was in the range of 68.75 to 82.54 μg/m3.

The concentration of PM2.5 was between 12μg/m3 (Bindrabin Village) to 44μg/m3 (Pati Village) and the average concentrations were observed in the range of 16.58 to 31.08 μg/m3

The SO2 concentrations were between 12.00μg/m3 (Surangi, Luheri, Bindrabin and Kurze Village) to 24.50μg/m3 (Project Site). The average concentrations were observed in the range between 15.71μg/m3to 20.17μg/m3.

The NOx concentrations were between 15.00μg/m3 (Pati Village) to 28.00 μg/m3 (Project Site) with average values observed in the range of 20.71μg/m3to 23.42μg/m3.

The Maximum CO concentration was found to be 1.19mg/m3(Kurze).In Project Site, Surangi and Karachgam the maximum concentration found to be 1.05 to 1.14. mg/m3In all other locations it found to be below detectable limit.

The O3 concentrations were between 5.02 μg/m3 (Project Site & Pati) to 9.83 μg/m3 (Kurze) with average values observed in the range of 5.84 μg/m3to 8.53 μg/m3.

The NH3concentrations were found to be 5.57 μg/m3 (Bindrabin)to 13.96 μg/m3 (Kurze). with average values observed in the range of 8.10 μg/m3 to 12.45 μg/m3.

The concentrations of all the air quality parameters as monitored during the baseline study are within the permissible limits as per the NAAQ Standards as prescribed by MoEF&CC.



Table- 3.7: Ambient Air Quality of Study Area

AAQM Location

Particular PM10

µg/m3 PM2.5 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

O3, µg/m3

Pb, µg/m3

CO, mg/m3

NH3, µg/m3

As, ng/m3

Ni, ng/m3

C6H6 ,

µg/m3 Ba(a)p, ng/m3

VOC, µg/m3

Project Site

Min 68.00 20.00 15.00 16.00 5.02 BDL BDL 8.62 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Max 81.00 31.00 24.00 28.00 6.89 BDL 1.05 11.56 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Average 75.67 25.46 20.17 23.08 6.21 BDL BDL 9.96 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98 Perc. 81.00 30.54 24.00 27.54 6.87 BDL BDL 11.42 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Surangi





Pati


Max 90.00 44.00 24.00 25.00 7.46 BDL BDL 11.90 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



Karachgam





Bindrabin

Min 49.00 12.00 12.00 19.00 BDL BDL BDL 5.57 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Max 86.00 24.00 19.00 26.00 BDL BDL BDL 10.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Average 68.75 16.58 15.71 23.13 BDL BDL BDL 8.10 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98 Perc. 84.62 23.54 19.00 26.00 BDL BDL BDL 9.46 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Luhari

Min 74.00 20.00 12.00 17.00 BDL BDL BDL 8.42 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Max 86.00 39.00 21.00 26.00 BDL BDL BDL 11.53 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Average 79.92 30.54 16.88 21.33 BDL BDL BDL 9.60 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98 Perc. 85.54 38.54 21.00 25.54 BDL BDL BDL 11.42 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Kurze







AAQM Location

Particular PM10

µg/m3 PM2.5 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

O3, µg/m3

Pb, µg/m3

CO, mg/m3

NH3, µg/m3

As, ng/m3

Ni, ng/m3

C6H6 ,

µg/m3 Ba(a)p, ng/m3

VOC, µg/m3

Apti





NAAQS (2009)

24 Hr 100.00 60.00 80.00 80.00 -- 1.0 -- 400 -- -- -- -- --

1 hour -- -- -- -- 180 -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- --

Annual -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 06 20 05 01 --

Source: Source : UERL Laboratory division, Vapi



3.4. Ambient Noise Survey

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is sound,

which is composed of many frequencies, components of various loudness is distributed over the audible

frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of

an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most

common and universally accepted scale which is measured in dB(A). This is more suitable for audible range of

20 to 20,000Hz and weighs the components according to the response of a human ear.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature.)

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not

acceptable because of disturbance in sleep.

The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness

and period of exposure.

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss

(NIHL) to annoyance; depending on loudness of noise levels.

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise levels, and

assess the impact of the likely noise expected due to construction and operation of New Capital City.

Noise survey has been conducted in the study area covering three zones viz., Residential, Industrial and

commercial .The noise monitoring has been undertaken for 24 hrs at each location.

3.4.1. Methodology

• A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. The monitoring has been conducted at 8 locations in the study area.

• Noise levels were measured using an Integrating Sound Level Meter manufactured by Envirotech (model no. SLM-100). Noise levels were recorded continuously over 24 hour’s period. The noise sampling locations are provided in subsequent figure.

• Each measurement was taken for 15 seconds. All measurements were carried out when the wind speeds were approximately 1 - 2 m/sec and no unusual activities were being carried out at the monitoring locations.

• Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) were then calculated from the recorded values separately for day-time as well as night time. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) is a statistical value of sound pressure level that can be equated to any fluctuating noise level and forms a useful measure of noise exposure and forms basis of several of the noise indices used presently. Leq is defined as the constant noise level, which over a given time, expands the same amount of energy, as is expanded by the fluctuating level over the same time. This value is expressed by the following equation.

(Where, n = Total number of sound sample; Li = The noise level of any ith, sample and ti = Time duration

of ith sample, Expressed as fraction of total sample time)

• Leq is used widely as a scale for the measurement of long term noise exposure. • The Leq values of noise levels are then compared with the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential

and industrial areas within the impact zone. 3.4.2. Parameters Measured during Monitoring

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level which is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual

fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often

fluctuates widely during a given period of time.

The instrument internally performs the statistics of frequency distribution for the set time period (in this case

one-hour) and hourly Leq are obtained at each location. These hourly Leq is added logarithmically to obtain



24 hours Leq as well as Lday and Lnight levels. Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a

period of time during day (6 am to 10 pm). The Leq value measured for each individual hour and then

averaged for 10 am to 6 pm and is known as Lday. Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured

over a period of time during night (10 pm to 6 am). The Leq value measured for each individual hour and then

averaged for 10 pm to 6 am and is known as Lnight.

3.4.4. Results and discussion

The ambient noise levels measured and analysed for equivalent noise levels viz. Leq(24hrly), Leqday, Leqnight

at all the noise monitoring locations for the study period are presented in table. 3.8.

Table 3.8: Ambient Noise Level in Study Area

Loc. Code

Location Day Time Night Time

Min dB (A)

Max dB (A)

Average dB(A)

Min dB (A)

Max dB (A)

Average dB(A)

Industrial

N1 Project Site 49.0 49.4 49.2 33.6 33.8 33.7

CPCB Standard - - 75 - - 70

Commercial

N2 Surangi 58.2 62.0 60.1 35.9 38.4 37.2

CPCB Standard - - 75 - - 45

Residential

N3 Pati 48.0 54.0 51.0 36.5 41.7 39.1

N4 Karachgam 49.6 53.0 51.3 33.3 34.5 33.9

N5 Bindrabin 60.9 63.1 62.0 42.6 43.4 43.0

N6 Luahri 46.0 51.7 48.8 34.8 37.8 36.3

N7 Kruze 49.7 50.1 49.9 33.7 33.9 33.8

N8 Apti 49.8 54.7 52.2 32.8 35.3 34.1

CPCB Standards - - 65 - - 55

Source : UERL Laboratory division, Vapi

3.4.5. Observations

3.4.5.1. Residential Zone: The average hourly Leq (day) for the residential zone was observed to be in the

range of 48.8 dB (A) (Luhari) to 62.0 dB (A) (Bindrabin). The average hourly Leq (night) for the residential zone

was observed to be in the range of 33.8 dB (A) (Kurze) to 43.0 dB (A) (Bindrabin). The ambient noise levels in

the villages are under the influence of local environment only and the Leq values are within permissible limits

in all the villages.

3.4.5.2. Commercial Zone: The average hourly Leq (day) for the commercial zone at Surangi was found to be

60.1 dB (A) while the average hourly Leq (night) was found to be 37.2 dB (A) and were found to will within

the CPCB limits for the commercial zone –for the day time and the night time.

3.4.5.3. Industrial Zone: The average hourly Leq (Day) for the industrial zone at project site was found to be

49.2 dB(A) while the average hourly Leq (night) was found to be 33.7 dB (A), which were found to be well

within the CPCB limits for the Industrial zone –both for the day time and the night time.

3.5. Water Quality

Water quality (ground and surface) was studied with special reference to the parameters mentioned in the IS

10500. A total of 8 locations were selected to study the ground and surface water quality within the 10km

radius of the project boundary.

The purpose of this study is to:

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;



Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational resources and

aesthetics in the vicinity; and

Predict the likely impacts of water quality due to the project and related activities.

3.5.1. Methodology

Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on:

Drainage pattern;

Likely areas which can represent baseline conditions.

Likely areas representing different activities/likely impact areas

With reference to the guidelines of CPCB & EIA Manual of MoEF, methods of sampling & analysis of

environmental samples have been selected/ adopted. The method adopted for environmental sampling &

analysis are illustrated in following table 3.9.

Physico-chemical and microbiological parameters relevant for different water uses have been

analyzed.

The SOP (Standard Operating Procedures) for sampling prepared based on sampling protocol specified

in the “Guidelines for Water Quality Management”, January 2008 of CPCB was followed for sampling,

preservation, and transport of samples to the laboratory.

o Quantity of sample for General Analysis: 5 liter(non-acidified).

o Quantity of sample for Bacteriological Analysis: 250 ml in sterilized bottles.

o Quantity of sample for Metals Analysis: 1000 ml acidified sample for metal analysis.

Samples were analyzed at the laboratory of Unistar Environment and Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. as per

STPs (Standard Testing Procedures) based on IS and APHA methods.Details of method are given in the

enclosed Annexure-II.

Table 3.9: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Sampling

Locations Frequency

Ground Water Grab samples from 8 Locations from Study Area (10 KMs) Once in Study Period

Surface Water Grab samples from 5 Locations from Study Area (10 KMs) Once in Study Period

SURFACE WATER

The water quality of the study area was studied for ground water as well as surface water by collecting the

samples from selected locations within the study area. The area is falling under basin of Rivers of North –

western Ghat (basin Code-B), which covers about 58935.97 Sq. Kms. and perimeter of the basin is measuring

about 2982.34 Kms. The samples were collected & analyzed as per the guidelines of CPCB/MoEF. Surface

water sample was collected from Four Rivers which are the important resources of the area.

The Damanganga River falls within study area. Damanganga River meets Arabian Sea near Nani Daman

Village. It serves many villages as source of drinking water, domestic activities and irrigation water source.

The samples of Daman Ganga River were collected from the point near Pati Village. A major multipurpose

irrigation project exist near the area in village Madhuban in Dharampur taluka of valasd district .It has

irrigation capacity of about 7044 ha and it supplies water to the tune of 12.75 MGPD to industry and

domestic use in the Union Territory.

Two tributaries namely, Sakartod and Dongar Khadi join Damanganga. Sakartod River (Tributary of Daman

Ganga River) flows from Shindoni to Damanganga River at Chinchpada village. It flows through the South side

of Project site. Minor irrigation schemes through lift irrigation on rivers and check dams/percolation tank

have been constructed in Surangi village. The samples of Sakertod River were collected from the point near

Bindrabin Village. Dongar khadi (Tributary of Daman Ganga River) flows from Raipur (Maharashtra) to

Damanganga River Chinchpada village. Both revers flows through the South side of Project site. The samples

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Udwada

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Udwada



of Dongar Khadi were collected from the point near Surangi Village. The lift irrigation scheme on rivers

Dongarkhadi, irrigates about 42 ha of area of village. A check dam/percolation tank of width about 30m and

length about 500m, having storage capacity of about 5.0 ham, exist in the South side of the industry site. The

canal system in the area irrigates about 340 ha of land in the village (Source-Revenue Records). One small

reservoir the Kurze Dam (also known as Dhapcheri Dam) is covered in study area. The Kurze Dam is an earth

fill dam on local River named Viroli near Dahanu- Maharashtra. The height of the dam above lowest

foundation is 22.96 m (75.3 ft) while the length is 2,507.76 m (8,227.6 ft). The volume content is

846.12 km3 (202.99 cu mi) and gross storage capacity is 39,050.00 km3 (9,368.59 cu mi). The purpose of this

to irrigation and water supply. One sample is taken from the reservoir.

3.5.2 Results of water quality

Four surface water and eight ground water samples were collected as grab samples and analysed for various

parameters. The results of groundwater were compared with the standards for drinking water as per IS

10500 and the results of surface water were compared CPCB surface water standard. The water sampling

locations are shown in Figure 3.2. The water quality result for surface water and ground water sampling

locations are given in Table 3.10 (a).3.10(b)

Code Location Date of sampling SW-01 Dongar Khadi 27/12/2017 SW-02 Sakartod River 27/12/2017 SW-03 Damanganga River 28/12/2017 SW-04 Darotha River 27/12/2017 SW-05 Kurze Dam 27/12/2017

Table 3.10(a): Surface water Quality of Study Area

S.No. Parameters Unit SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 SW05

1. Colour Pt. Co. Scale

<5 <5 <5 22 <5

2. Odour -- Agreeable

3. Turbidity NTU 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

4. pH -- 7.14 7.87 7.69 8.12 7.31

5. Temperature 0C 29 30 30 30 29

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 237.6 134.6 99 253.4 124.7

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 316 180 120 416 164

8. Calcium as Ca mg/L 47.6 38.1 19.8 69.8 26.2

9. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 28.8 9.6 12.0 19.2 14.4

10. Total Alkalinity mg/L 216.6 136.8 85.5 229.0 114

11. Chloride as Cl- mg/L 22.2 12.1 7.9 71.3 7.9

12. Sulphate as SO4-2 mg/L 20.7 14.7 10.1 37.1 8.2

13. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L <0.1 <0.1 0.1 1.1 <0.1

14. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.17 <0.15 0.16 0.44 <0.15

15. Sodium as Na mg/L 16.8 12.3 7.7 47.9 7.3

16. Potassium as K mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.3 <1.0

17. Total Phosphorous mg/L 0.06 0.07 0.19 0.17 0.12

18. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.5 4.8 6.3 4.5 5.7

19. Bio-Chemical Oxygen mg/L <5.0* <5.0$ <5.0# <5.0 <5.0

20. Chemical Oxygen Demand

mg/L 8.1 <5.0 <5.0 16.0 8.1

21. Phenolic Compound mg/L <0.01

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dam#Earth-fill_dams

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dam#Earth-fill_dams

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dahanu

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharashtra



S.No. Parameters Unit SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 SW05

22. Lead as Pb mg/L <0.003

23. Arsenic as Pb mg/L <0.01

24. Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.001

Microbiological Test

25. Total Coliform

MPN/100 ml

24 30

32 40 20

26. E. Coli

MPN/100 ml

12 18

12 22 06

Note: *Measured value of BOD is 3.4 mg/L,$ Measured value of BOD is 3.5 mg/L, #Measured value of BOD is

3.5 mg/L

Classification of river water as per their intended use is described in below:

Sr No. Class Designated Best- Use and Criteria

1. A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection; Total

Coliforms ≤ 50MPN/100ml, pH 6.5 -8.5, DO ≥ 6mg/l, BOD 5 days 20°C ≤ 2mg/l

2. B Outdoor bathing; Total Coliforms≤ 500MPN/100ml,pH 6.5 - 8.5,DO ≥ 5mg/l, BOD 5 days

20°C≤ 3mg/l

3. C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection; Total

Coliforms ≤5000MPN/100ml, pH 6 – 9,DO≥ 4mg/l, BOD 5 days 20°C ≤ 3mg/l

4. D Fish culture and wild life propagation; pH 6.5 - 8.5,DO ≥ 4mg/l, Free Ammonia (as N) ≤

1.2 mg/l

5. E Irrigation, industrial cooling or controlled waste disposal; pH 6.0 - 8.5, EC at 25°C micro

mhos/cm Max.2250, SAR Max. 26, Boron Max. 2mg/l

(Source: Water Quality Criteria CPCB)

Sampling of Ground water

The groundwater sampling locations were selected from the area fall within 10 Kms radius from project site

for water quality study. The details of the hydrological features of the area are presented in earlier section.

The selected locations / villages for groundwater sampling are listed below:

Code Location Source Date of sampling GW-01 Project Site Bore well 27/12/2017 GW-02 Surangi Bore Well 27/12/2017 GW-03 Pati Bore well 28/12/2017 GW-04 Karachgam Bore Well 27/12/2017 GW-05 Bindrabin Bore well 27/12/2017 GW-06 Luhari Bore well 28/12/2017 GW-07 Kurze Bore well 27/12/2017 GW-08 Apti Bore well 28/12/2017

Table 3.10(b): Ground water Quality of Study Area:

Sr. No.

Parameters Unit GW-01 GW-02 GW-03 GW-04 GW-05 GW-06 GW-07 GW-08

1. Colour (Pt-Co Scale) Unit <5 <5 10 <5 10 <5 <5 <5

2. Odour -- Agreeable

3. Turbidity NTU <0.1 0.1 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

4. pH -- 7.53 7.10 7.37 7.48 7.30 7.05 6.92 7.39

5. Temperature 0C 30 30 29 29 29 29 30 29

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/lit. 180.2 146.5 138.6 316.8 119.8 213.8 247.5 198



Sr. No.

Parameters Unit GW-01 GW-02 GW-03 GW-04 GW-05 GW-06 GW-07 GW-08

7. Total Dissolved Solid mg/lit. 454 298 272 406 248 272 356 348

8. Calcium as Ca mg/lit. 60.3 38.9 43.6 75.4 39.7 65.9 67.4 67.4

9. Magnesium as Mg mg/lit. 7.2 12.0 7.2 31.3 5.0 12.0 19.2 7.2

10. Total Alkalinity mg/lit. 102.6 125.4 108.3 285 79.8 205.2 210.9 179.5

11. Chloride as Cl- mg/lit. 178.0 50.7 21.6 33.3 70.2 30.1 28.0 29.0

12. Sulphate as SO4-2 mg/lit. 44.3 27.7 23.3 24.2 32.2 24.1 22.1 24.4

13. Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit. <0.1 1.1 0.3 2.6 <0.1 1.6 <0.1 3.2

14. Fluoride as F mg/lit. 0.17 0.42 0.24 0.24 0.16 0.50 0.34 0.15

15. Sodium mg/lit. 107.8 34.0 12.8 19.2 49 22.5 18.9 26.8

16. Potassium mg/lit. <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

17. Total Nitrogen mg/lit. <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0

18. Total Phosphorous mg/lit. 0.03 0.05 0.13 0.02 0.03 0.08 0.02 0.08

19. Phenolic Compound mg/lit. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

20. Lead as Pb mg/lit. <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

21. Arsenic mg/lit. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22. Cadmium mg/lit. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Microbiological Test

23. Total Coliform CFU/ 100 ml

<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 3 <1 <1

24. E. Coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

3.5.3. Results and Discussion

3.5.3.1. Primary data

Ground water samples

In 3 locations of study area Total hardness level exceed the acceptable limit as per IS 10500.Exceeding

level of total hardness lead to hard water which is not a health risk, but a nuisance because of mineral

buildup on fixtures and poor soap and/or detergent performance.

TDS value not exceeding the permissible limit in all locations of the study area.

Magnesium level exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at3locations.

Calcium value exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at 5 locations

Total Alkalinity value exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at 3 locations in the study area. The

very high alkalinity water cause digestive malfunction, cardiovascular problems and metabolic

abnormalities etc...

Chloride value was not exceeds the acceptable limit as per IS 10500 at all location.

Total Coliforms and E.coli were<1CFU/100 ml and present in one locations in the study area.

Values for all other parameters were found well within the acceptable limit as per IS 10500.

Surface Water Samples

Five surface water resources were studied

SW1 , SW2 and SW3 were found to be confirming Class-D of CPCB Criteria (Fish culture and wild life

propagation). As the BOD level is greater than 3mg/l

SW4 was found to be confirming Class-A of CPCB Criteria (Drinking water source without conventional

treatment but after disinfection.

3.6. Hydrogeology, Geology &Topography

Physiographically the UT forms part of Deccan Plateau. The UT of D&NH is divided into three physiographic

units i.e. Residual Plateaus, Denudational Slopes and Valley Plains and their description is as follows.



1) Residual Plateau’s, these are flat-topped crests surrounded by steep scarps. These residual plateaus occur

in the western fringe, the south-eastern part of and in the isolated patches in the northeastern part of

the Territory. The elevation in this category ranges between 100-300 m amsl the elevation more than 200

m amsl is seen in north eastern and south-eastern part of the Territory.

2) Denudational Slopes, these form the scarp zone between plateaus and plains and comprises of moderate

to steep slopes. The major area under this category lies almost in the eastern part in north south

alignment in dissected form ranging roughly between 50 and 100 m above MSL.

3) Valley Plains, the valley plains form the flat topography with gentle slope of SE-NW forming the

Damanganga River and its tributaries and it ranges in elevation below 50 m above m amsl. It comprises of

weathered rock fragments and soils. The rock fragments are various sizes and mixed with soils.

The soils occurring on the Deccan plateau are generally black cotton soils. Within this broad categorization,

there are significant variations depending upon topography. Three major type of soil occurs in the UT i.e.,

lateritic soils, shallow black cotton soils deep black soils and their description is as follows:

1. Lateritic Soil, these soils are well stabilized and have good porosity leading to good permeability and

aeration and are non-calcareous soils and have low pH.

2. Shallow Black Cotton Soil, are medium textured soils with 8 gravels and pebbles and hard rock is met

early below the soil restricting free movement of water and air. Though the soils are permeable enough,

but have low moisture holding capacity and thus call for specific moisture management for sustainable

land use under cultivation.

3. Deep Black Soil, are very deep soils having very high fertility and are capable of supporting a variable

number of crops.

The major water bearing formation in the UT of DNH is Deccan Trap Basalt. A map depicting the

hydrogeological features show in figure. 3.4

Figure 3.4: Hydrogeological Features



3.6.1. Ground water levels in the U.T of Dadra and Nagar Haveli

GROUND WATER

The total study area is 314 Sq.m. and its population is about 49764. The drinking water supply to the village is

through surface water as well as through ground water schemes. There are about 42 bore wells including

hand pumps and open well in village for drinking water supply and domestic purpose to villagers. The

irrigation from ground water is negligible.

The estimation of ground water resources of UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli by Central Ground Water Board,

during the year 2012 indicate that the total annual ground water potential in the Territory is 59.37 MCM and

the Net annual ground water availability is 56.40 MCM. The allocation for domestic and industrial

requirement up to next 25 years is 8.66 MCM and the Net annual ground water availability for future

irrigation development is 46.62 MCM. The stage of ground water development is 15.25 percent and water

table trend during pre and post-monsoon period shows rising trend. Hence, the entire UT area has been

categorized under ‘Safe’ category as far as ground water development is concerned. However, to assess the

local level ground water potential an estimation of Ground Water Resource of village Mast and Samarvani (a

micro level unit) has been carried out, based on the norms laid down by GEC 1997 Methodology which is as

below; that net utilizable recharge is to the tune of 4.18 MCM and net annual draft is 0.40 MCM. The stage of

development is 9.6 %.

Secondary data was inferred from the Central Ground Water Board publication titled “Status of Ground

water Quality” of Dadra and Nagar Haveli.

Pre-monsoon and Post Monsoon water levels

Water level fluctuation

3.6.1.1. Pre-monsoon water levels

The figure 3.6 (a) shows The depth to water levels in the UT of DNH during premonsoon ranges between 3.80

m bgl (Chinsda) and 10.61 m bgl (Dapada) near the project site. Depth to water level during premonsoon has

been depicted in Figure-3.5 (a). Very shallow water levels in the range of 2 to 5 m bgl are seen in south

eastern part of UT of DNH. In major part of the UT of DNH water levels are observed between 5 and10 m bgl,

whereas moderately deep water levels ranging between 10 and 20 m bgl are observed in small central part of

the UT of DNH.

3.6.1.2. Post-monsoon water levels

The depth to water levels during post monsoon ranges between 1.75 m 10 bgl (Chinsda) and 7.96 m bgl

(Dapada) area near the project site. Spatial variation in post monsoon depth to water levels is shown in

Figure-3.5(b). Very shallow water levels in the below 2 m bgl are seen in south eastern part of UT of DNH. In

major part of the UT of DNH water levels are observed between 2 and 5 m bgl, whereas moderate water

levels ranging between 5 and 10 m bgl are observed in central part of the UT of DNH.

3.6.1.3. Water level fluctuation

The seasonal fluctuations in water levels have been observed in the range of 1.80 m (Samarvarni) to 6.92 m

(Umarkui (Hathpada)). Rise in water levels in the range of 2 to 4 m is observed in major parts, whereas rise of

more than 4 m is mainly observed in north parts of the UT of DNH.



Figure-3.5 (a): Depth to water level map May 2012

Figure-3.5(b): Water level Fluctuation map November 2012

(Source: Ground water Information –U.T. of D&NH by CGWB)

Project Site

Project Site



3.6.2. Geological Features

Hard Rock Formations

Deccan Trap Basalt

The basaltic lava flows are massive and fine grained with negligible primary porosity and transmissivity. The

area occurs in the vicinity of western coast, which have witnessed many tectonic disturbances. These have

caused development of joints and fractures in the basaltic strata. Also weathered zones of about 10-20 m

thickness have developed in plains and depressions. Thus the weathered, jointed and fractured zones of

vesicular and massive units of a flow constitute the main water bearing horizons. However, these zones are

not continuous and uniformly developed laterally or vertically and this factor plays an important role in the

success and failure of wells in the area.

On the basis of hydrogeological data collected from dug wells and results of pumping tests on wells it is

revealed that ground water occurs under both water table and semi-confined to confined conditions in the

various lava flows consisting of vesicular and massive units. The occurrence of ground water under confined

conditions is observed in the western part of the area around Naroli and Dadra. The potential confined

aquifers occur at an attitude of 20 m below the mean sea level and with compact, amygdular and massive

basalt of about 25 m thickness acting as a confining layer. The thick confining layer also inhibits vertical

leakage to the confined aquifers. The confined aquifers also show lateral variation in hydraulic characteristic

within short distances.

Local geology: In the project site, no out crops are seen. The area belongs to deccan trap age. The litho

logically, the area covered with soil which has 3-5 m thickness. Below the soil the hard rock’s present.

3.6.2. Topographical Features

The overall topography of the site is flat with a gentle slope from southeast towards southwest. The overall

topography of the area is marked by alluvial plains. The site elevation is about 58 to 64 meters. The

topographical map of the project site is as shown in Figure 3.6.

Project site is located in the NW direction of Gujarat. It has an average elevation 250 to 300 meters. The

approximate center of the proposed site is geographically positioned at 72°58'43.24"E longitude and

20°8'17.54"N. The topographic contour map has been generated from SRTM Version 4 (2008) data. As it has

been observed during the site visit that some area are very low and maximum of the study area is relatively

flat. Along with the regular contour generation elevation extremes of the area is also spotted as spot

elevation point. The Topographic map generated for the 10 km area is illustrated below as figure.3.6.



Figure 3.6: Topographic Map

3.7. Soil Characteristics

3.7.1. Introduction

Soil health, also referred to as soil quality, is defined as the continued capacity of soil to function as a vital

living ecosystem that sustains plants, animals, and humans. This definition speaks to the importance of

managing soils so they are sustainable for future generations.

Healthy soil gives us clean air and water, bountiful crops and forests, productive grazing lands, diverse

wildlife, and beautiful landscapes. Soil does all this by performing five essential functions:

Regulating water - Soil helps control where rain and irrigation water goes. Water and dissolved solutes

flow over the land or into and through the soil.

Sustaining plant and animal life - The diversity and productivity of living things depends on soil.

Filtering and buffering potential pollutants - The minerals and microbes in soil are responsible for

filtering, buffering, degrading, immobilizing, and detoxifying organic and inorganic materials, including

industrial and municipal by-products and atmospheric deposits.

Cycling nutrients - Carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, and many other nutrients are stored, transformed, and

cycled in the soil

Physical stability and support - Soil structure provides a medium for plant roots. Soils also provide

support for human structures and protection for archaeological treasures.

According to the District Planning Map Series, Department of Science & Technology, GoI, 1991 the three

types of soils reported are

Project Site



Vertisols i.e. deep black soils that normally form from basaltic material and said to have high clay content (majority of north-to south axis including central part and north-western part of DNH),

Inceptisols i.e. shallow black soils (western part of DNH), and

Ultisols i.e. lateritic soils said to have low clay component (found predominantly in the north-eastern, eastern part abutting the Damanganga Reservoir, and south-western part of DNH, and most of these as mentioned earlier is more undulating / hilly terrain). Show the figure 3.7 for the soil pattern in the DNH area. Rocky out crops are only seen in the Soils of Gujarat plain / soils of hilly terrain.

The project site was cover with vertisols i.e. deep black soils that normally form from basaltic material and

said to have high clay content (majority of north-to south axis including central part and north-western part

of DNH)

Figure-3.7: Soil map of D& NH

(Source: District Planning Map Series, NATMO, Department of Science & Technology, GoI, 1991 with Patelad names added)



3.7.2. Methodology

Necessity of baseline study is to determine and establish the existing environmental conditions of the project

area. So that the potential stress (impact identified) on the environment due to the upcoming project’s

environmental issues, with the implementation of adequate proposed pollution control measures will be well

within the permissible limit (pollution load bearing capacity of environment) or not is established.

a. Sampling location of surface soil is selected to generate the physio-chemical soil profile of project site;

and to establish the present soil fertility condition of the sensitive/ significant area within the project

study area.

b. The physic-chemical parameters tested on the soil samples are Bulk density, Salinity, Porosity, Soil

Texture, Water holding capacity, pH, EC, OC, N, P, K, S, Zn, B, Fe, Mn, Cu.

c. The sampling and analysis of the surface soil is conducted at 8 locations once in the study period

(October 2017 – December 2017) within the study area of 10 Km radial distance from the project site.

The details of the soil sampling location are in given in below table.

Sr. No.

Sample Code

Sampling Location Co-ordinates

Land use Latitude Longitude

1 SS-1 Project Site, Velugam 20.13779 72.98396 Industrial 2 SS-2 Surangi 20.16068 73.00687 Agricultural 3 SS-3 Pati 20.19273 73.05224 Agricultural 4 SS-4 Karachgam 20.12330 73.01315 Agricultural 5 SS-5 Bindrabin 20.14109 73.05659 Agricultural 6 SS-6 Luhari 20.20561 72.96999 Agricultural 7 SS-7 Kurze 20.11403 72.95264 Agricultural 8 SS-8 Apti 20.15593 72.99470 Agricultural

The detailed quality of the collected soil samples are presented below in subsequent table.

Table 3.11: Soil Quality of Study Area

Sr. No

. Parameter Unit (SS1) (SS2) (SS3) (SS4) (SS5) (SS6) (SS7) (SS8)

1 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.29 1.27 1.20 1.19 1.23 1.24 1.28 1.21

3 Porosity % 41 42 56 51 45 54 51 40

4 Grain Size Distribution

Sand (2 - 0.02 mm) % 15 17 19 21 24 22 16 17

Silt (0.02 - 0.002 mm) % 34 32 27 26 20 26 32 33

Clay (<0.002 mm) % 51 51 54 53 56 52 52 50

5 Textural Class - Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay

6 WHC ml/100 gm 52 55 51 54 58 58 57 58

7 pH - 7.01 6.85 6.62 8.23 6.85 6.85 6.75 7.25

8 EC µS/cm 200.80 310.10 134.70 187.60 179.80 134.17 171.70 192.80

9 Cation Exchange

Capacity

meq/100g

m 25.11 23.44 20.90 26.48 22.38 23.01 24.16 20.22

10 Organic Carbon (OC) % 0.56 0.59 0.69 0.54 0.50 0.66 0.61 0.65

11 Nitrogen (as N) mg/kg 206.4 213 273.50 188.1 133.9 210.00 194.7 180.3

12 Phosphorus (as P) mg/kg 30.93 7.90 26.50 6.30 20.89 29.53 25.85 25.50

13 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 150.90 347.00 101.30 112.10 220.70 201.90 302.10 290.90



14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 5.03 6.50 4.90 5.20 5.50 5.75 5.90 5.10

15 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 3.80 3.30 2.86 3.62 5.10 2.10 3.31 3.19

16 Sulphur (as S) mg/kg 23.60 28.04 26.05 30.00 28.84 31.30 29.15 25.22

17 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 0.98 1.83 3.19 2.85 1.85 1.19 1.85 2.94

18 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 50.42 47.90 50.12 40.51 38.95 48.40 53.50 47.55

19 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg 11.90 5.95 11.10 13.27 5.99 10.98 18.83 10.54

20 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 1.03 2.52 1.66 1.48 2.52 1.64 1.62 1.52

NOTE: ppt= Parts per thousand, EC= Electric Conductivity, WHC=Water Holding Capacity

3.7.3. Results and discussion

The texture of the soil in the study area is Clay. The colour of the soil is light to dark brownish black in the

study area. The soil is having high water and moisture retention capacity due to clay content. The water

holding capacity of the study area ranges between 51 to 58 mg/100 g and these being clayey soils are capable

of retaining sufficient water which facilitate in plant growth. The pH of the soil samples from the study area is

found to mostly normal (i.e., between 6.5 and 8.2). Hence a good range of micronutrients are available in soil,

making the soil good for agricultural uses. The EC of the soil of the study area ranges between 134.17 to

310.10 µSm/cm). The percentage of Organic Carbon of the study area ranges in medium (i.e., Medium 0.5-

0.75). The soil of the project site is found to be free from any contaminant.

3.8. Ecology and Biodiversity

3.8.1. Objectives of the Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology Survey

Necessity of baseline study is to determine the flora and fauna diversity in the existing environmental

conditions and ecological layout of the study area. To identify endemic, threatened and endangered species

present in the range of the pollutants from the proposed project.

Terrestrial ecology

Secondary data collection from open source

Detailed, quantitative pre-monsoon biodiversity survey for plants, four vertebrates (mammals, avifauna,

reptiles, amphibians), using quadrate and transect-based analysis

List of flora and fauna species with IUCN category and schedule as per The Wildlife Protection Act, I972

3.8.2. Methodology

3.8.2.1. Study Area Details

a. Field survey area is selected based on the ecologically diverse and dense vegetation identified from

Google map and land use patter map. Verification (ground truthing) of the secondary data obtained is

conducted specific to the study area of the project.

b. Observations were made at different sampling points and qualitative as well as quantitative analysis of

the vegetation and fauna is made.

c. The ICUCN status of the enlisted species is established.

The field survey was conducted at identified survey area, during the study period (October’16 to

December’16) within the study area of 5 Km radial distance from the project site.

3.8.3. Floral Diversity of the study area

Structure in the study area observed for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The

climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which

are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The

following account of floral inventory has been based on the field survey conducted for a short duration



during the study period, is not very comprehensive data and is aimed only to give a general pattern of

vegetation of this region during the study period as a baseline data in absence of available secondary data.

Listing of the endangered, threatened and endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to

the occurrence of such species, would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to

protect such species from extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation. These type of

floristic study is an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity. The dominant tree species, herbs,

shrubs and major crops, were documented during this base line study.

The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through review of site

literatures and secondary data available online on various government websites is referred for identifying

rare or endangered species in the region. In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub

vegetation& deciduous trees. The vegetation type is moist deciduous forests with trees predominantly moist

deciduous type but rarely evergreen. The natural vegetation is scarce, scattered and open almost in all

natural non-forest area. In forest areas, good density of vegetation is observed which was dominated by

Tectona grandis,Tamarindus indica, terminalia arjuna &Acacia nilotica. Details pertaining to flora observed in

the study area have been collected from Local Forest Department and Field Observation.

Agro ecological Features:

Agro ecological region code of the area is 19 - Western Ghats and Coastal Plain, Hot Humid-Perhumid Eco-

Region. The area falls under hot humid Agro ecological sub-region – North Sahyadri & Konkan Coast with

Subregion code –E6B8. The soil type of the area is Medium to deep loamy to clayey mixed red and black soils.

The length of growing period is 210 to 240 days.

The main crops of the area are Paddy, Bajara, Nagli, Juar, Mung, Channa, Tuer, Makai, Val, Vegetables,

Sugarcane, Mango and some other fruits etc.

Forest:

The area falls in Ecoregion zones – 4 of India which is lowland moist with long dry season. The forest of the

area falls under the type of North Western Ghats moist deciduous forests of Biogeographical Realm IM. The

Code combining Realm, Biome and Ecoregion numbers is IM0134.

There is no forest land within the project site; however it has been noticed that the nearest forest area is

situated in western direction at about 2.59 kms. W near Kharadpada – Luhari area of the UT and at about

9.37 kms NE direction which are also protected wild life sanctuary of Vasona. Variety of flora & fauna exhibits

the area of this forest. The flora are listed in above section where as the fauna are listed in subsequent

section.



Fig. 3.8: Reserved Forest and Wild life sanctuary map of D& NH

Flora of the Study area:

The zone of Silvassa shows fairly rich in plant biodiversity having more of annual and perennial herbaceous

vegetation. The small hillocks existing in the perimeter of the proposed project site are already degraded

forest patches and mainly comprised of planted trees and shrubs. Among the plant biodiversity none of the

species belongs to IUCN Red List as well as Schedule species as per Wildlife list.



Table 3.12(a) Plant Family Richness of the region

S. No. Scientific name Family

1. Amaranthaceae 12

2. Asteraceae 19

3. Boraginaceae 06

4. Commelinaceae 10

5. Cyperaceae 09

6. Euphorbiaceae 09

7. Fabaceae 35

8. Malvaceae 14

9. Poaceae 17

Table 3.12(b) wildly occurring Plant species in the region

S. No.

Scientific Name Family IUCN status

1. Tectona grandis Lamiaceae LC

2. Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae LC

3. Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae LC

4. Ougeinia dalbergioides Fabaceae LC

5. Albizia lebbeck Leguminosae LC

6. Erythrina variegata L. Leguminosae. LC

7. Lagerstroemia lanceolata Lythraceae LC

8. Lannea coromandelica Anacardiaceae LC

9. Garuga pinnata Burseraceae LC

10. Madhuca indica Sapotaceae LC

11. Acacia farnesiana var. farnesiana Fabaceae LC

12. Acacia catechu Fabaceae LC

13. Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae LC

14. Mitragyna parvifolia Rubiaceae LC

15. Bombax ceiba Fabaceae VU

16. Sterculia urens Malvaceae LC

17. Anogeissus latifolia Combretaceae LC

18. Heterophragma quadricolor Bignoniaceae LC

19. Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae LC

20. Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae LC

21. Bauhinia variegate Fabaceae LC

22. Grewia tiliaefolia Malvaceae LC

23. Dalbergia latifolia Leguminosae VU

24. Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae LC

25. Gmelina arborea Lamiaceae LC

26. Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae LC

27. Cassia fistula Fabaceae LC

28. Ficus glomerata Moraceae LC

29. Mimusops elengi Sapotaceae LC

30. Aegle marmelos Rutaceae LC

31. Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae LC

32. Carissa carandas Apocynaceae LC

33. Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae LC

34. Semecarpus anacardium Anacardiaceae LC

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Lamiaceae/

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Combretaceae/

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Rubiaceae/

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=ERI_T7qmI8KrrAfppOzbBw&ved=0CCUQvwUoAQ&q=Albizia+lebbeck&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Leguminosae/

http://www.theplantlist.org/tpl/record/ild-2735


http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=fhc_T_HjHsTJrAePy6G0Bw&ved=0CBgQBSgA&q=Lannea+coromandelica&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Anacardiaceae/

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Burseraceae/

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Sapotaceae/

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=Hxs_T4nzIYenrAfRyZ3GBw&ved=0CCUQvwUoAQ&q=Acacia+catechu&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Phyllanthaceae/

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=QBw_T96kKY7NrQf5iNXVBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Mitragyna+parvifolia&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Rubiaceae/

http://www.google.ca/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=Salmalia+malabarica&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CCQQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikipedia.org%2Fwiki%2FBombax_ceiba&ei=Hh0_T_fGFcPKrAf6vOWwBw&usg=AFQjCNHhdfWgdYaaOt_j5F4qcdaqVK7CYQ

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=ryE_T9LFA9DorQft5JXBBw&ved=0CBsQvwUoAA&q=Anogeissus+latifolia&spell=1


http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=nSI_T7-NCsfNrQedgMnpBw&ved=0CBgQvwUoAA&q=Heterophragma+quadricolor&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Bignoniaceae/

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=0iM_T_POJIH3rQesr8jaBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Holoptelea+integrifolia&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Ulmaceae/


http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Malvaceae/


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamiaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Myrtaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moraceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sapotaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rutaceae

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=nzY_T5XKIMXWrQf96by7Bw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Pongamia+pinnata&spell=1

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=BDg_T_qVEYXTrQeJ4qzRBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Carissa+carandas&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Apocynaceae/

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boraginaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anacardiaceae



35. Plumeria alba Apocynaceae LC

36. Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae LC

37. Thespesia populnea Malvaceae LC

38. Samanea saman Fabaceae LC

39. Pandanus odoratissimus Pandanaceae LC

40. Tamarindus indica Fabaceae LC

41. Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae LC

42. Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae LC

43. Hyphaene dichotoma Arecaceae NT

44. Typha angustifolia Typhaceae LC

45. Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae LC

46. Ficus hispida Moraceae LC

47. Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae LC

48. Mimusops hexandra Sapotaceae LC

49. Achras sapota Sapotaceae LC

50. Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae LC

51. Gliricidia sepium Fabaceae LC

Note: The wildly occurring plant biodiversity of the zone including the Reserve forest is enclosed as

Annexure-VI

3.8.4 Faunal Diversity of the study area

Mammals

During observations, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study area. The assessment of

wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of information collected from personal interviews with local

peoples.

Reptiles

During field survey common garden lizard was observed in the study area, but as per the local information

collected from the villagers there are snakes belonging to both poisonous and non-poisonous category.

Avifauna

During avifauna survey counts of birds were made following the standard survey technique by travelling a

known distance in which designated sampling areas occur. Observations were made during a walk through in

the chosen transect for sighting the birds. The number of birds observed in one milometer (of the car) stretch

of the site was directly counted and list was made.

Dominant birds in the study area are Common peafowl, Indian myna, House sparrow, Common crow, Blue

rock pigeon, common babbler and the other birds are Indian robin, Indian roller, cattle egret.

Table 3.13: List of Flora the study area

Sr. No.

Name of Family Name of Species Local Name IUCN Status/ Shc. ofWLPA

Amphibian

1. Bufonidae Duttaphrynus / Bufo melanosticus

Common Indian Toad LC/-

2. Bufonidae Duttaphrynus / Bufo stomasticus

Marbled toad LC/-

3. Dicroglossidae Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering frog LC/-

4. Dicroglossidae Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian bull frog LC/Shc.IV

5. Ranixalidae Indirana leithii Leith’s Frog VU/-

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=bjo_T6jPDMnLrQfS84TeBw&ved=0CBsQBSgA&q=Plumeria+alba&spell=1

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=kzs_T_XQM4fUrQfJpNjOBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Borassus+flabellifer&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Arecaceae/

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=LTw_T-n_AoezrAeI893QBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Thespesia+populnea&spell=1

http://www.theplantlist.org/browse/A/Pandanaceae/



http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=bEY_T--CIMjKrAfR5eHCBw&ved=0CBwQvwUoAQ&q=Casuarina+equisetifolia&spell=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Casuarinaceae

http://www.google.ca/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&biw=1138&bih=505&sa=X&ei=aks_T-ekBInOrQfGifGvBw&ved=0CBsQvwUoAA&q=Anthocephalus+cadamba&spell=1



Reptiles

6. Trionchidae Lissemys punctata Flap shell turtle LC/Sch-I

7. Gekkonidae Hemidactylus brookii Brook’s Gecko -

8. Agamidae Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard LC

9. Chamaeleonidae Chameleon zeylanicus Chameleon LC/Sch-II

10. Sciuridae Mabuya carinata Common Brahminy skink LC

11. Scincidae Lygosoma punctata Snake skink LC

12. Varanidae Varnus bengalensis Common Indian monitor LC/Sch-I

13. Boidae Eryx johnii Red sand Boa (Andhadi chakad) LC/ Sch-II

14. Colubridae Elaphe Helena / Coelognathus helena

Trinket Snake LC/Sch-IV

15. Colubridae Ptyas mucosa Rat Snake LC/Sch-II

16. Colubridae Argyrogena fasciolatus Banded Racer LC/Sch-IV

17. Colubridae Oligodon arnensis Common kukri snake LC/Sch-IV

18. Colubridae Dendrelaphis tristis Common Bronze back LC/Sch-IV

19. Colubridae Ahaetulla nasuta Green Vine Snake LC/Sch-IV

20. Elapidae Naja naja Common cobra (Nag) LC/Sch-II

21. Elapidae Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait (Kadotaro) LC/Sch-IV

22. Viperidae Vipera russelli Russel -/Sch-II

Aves

23. Corvidae Corvus splendens Common Crow LC/Sch-V

24. Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Indian myna LC/Sch-IV

25. Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LC/Sch-IV

26. Upupidae Upupa epops Hoopoe LC/Sch-IV

27. Charadriidae Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing LC/Sch-IV

28. Cuculidae Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel LC/Sch-IV

29. Phasianidae Pavo cristatus Common Peafowl LC/Sch-I

30. Meropidae Merops orientalis Little green bee eater LC/Sch-IV

31. Corvidae Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie LC/Sch-IV

32. Corvidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove LC/Sch-IV

33. Ramphastidae Megalaima haemacephala Crimson breasted barbet LC/Sch-IV

34. Haradriidae Coracias benghalensis Indian roller LC/Sch-IV

35. Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret LC/Sch-IV

36. Charadriidae Vanellus malabaricus Yellow wattled lapwing LC/Sch-IV

37. Laridae Sterna aurantia River tern LC/Sch-IV

38. Rallidae Amauromis phoenicurus White breasted water hen LC/Sch-IV

39. Rallidae Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Moorhen LC/Sch-IV

40. Rallidae Fulica atra Coot LC/Sch-IV

41. Scolopacidae Tringa totanus Red shank LC/Sch-IV

42. Scolopacidae Numenius arquata Curlew LC/Sch-IV

43. Recurvirostridae Himantopus Black winged stilt LC/Sch-IV

44. Recurvirostridae Recurvirostra avosetta Pied Avocet LC/Sch-IV

45. Columbidae Columba livia Blue rock pigeon LC/Sch-IV

46. Cuvulidae Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal LC/Sch-IV

47. Megalaimidae Megalaima asiatica Blue throated barbet LC/Sch-IV

48. Tytonidae Tyto alba Barn Owl LC/Sch-IV

49. Apodidae Apus affinis House/Little Swift LC/Sch-IV

50. Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrnensis White Throated kingfisher LC/Sch-IV

51. Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Small blue kingfisher LC/Sch-IV

52. Motacillidae Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail LC/Sch-IV



53. Cuculidae Cuculus varius Common Hawk-cuckoo LC/Sch-IV

54. Strigidae Athene brama Spotted owlet LC/Sch-IV

55. Laniidae Lanius schach Ling tailed shrike LC/Sch-IV

56. Oriolidae Oriolus xanthornus Blackheaded oriole LC/Sch-IV

57. Paridae Parus major Gray tit LC/Sch-IV

58. Campephagidae Coracina melanoptera Large Cuckoo-Shrike LC/Sch-IV

59. Chloropseidae Chloropsis aurifrons Chloropsis LC/Sch-IV

60. Aegithinidae Aegithina tiphia Common ora LC/Sch-IV

61. Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Redvented bulbul LC/Sch-IV

62. Timalidae Chrysomma sinense Yellow eyed babbler LC/Sch-IV

63. Timalidae Turdoides caudatus Common babbler LC/Sch-IV

64. Monarchidae Terpsiphone paradisi Paradise flycatcher LC/Sch-IV

65. Riphiduridae Rhipidura albicollis Fantail flycatcher LC/Sch-IV

66. Sylviidae Ortotomus sutorius Tailor bird LC/Sch-IV

67. Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis Magpie robin LC/Sch-IV

68. Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin LC/Sch-IV

69. Motacillidae Motacilla caspica Gray wagtail LC/Sch-IV

70. Nectariniidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple-rumped sunbird LC/Sch-IV

71. Ploceidae Ploceus phillipinus Baya weaver bird LC/Sch-IV

72. Passeridae Passer domesticus House sparrow LC/Sch-IV

73. Jacanidae Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant tailed jacana LC/Sch-IV

74. Jacanidae Metopiius indicus Bronze winged jacana LC/Sch-IV

75. Burhinidae Burhinus oedicnemus Stone curlew LC/Sch-IV

76. Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra LC/Sch-IV

77. Columbidae Strptopelia decaocto Ringed dove LC/Sch-IV

78. Sturnidae Psturnus roseus Rosy pastor LC/Sch-IV

79. Threskiornithidae Platalea leucorodia Spoonbill LC/Sch-IV

80. Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant LC/Sch-IV

81. Ardeidae Egretta gularis Indian reef heron LC/Sch-IV

82. Ardeidae Ardea cinerea Gray Heron LC/Sch-IV

83. Ardeidae Ardeola graji Paddy bird LC/Sch-IV

84. Ardeidae Nycticorax nycticorax Night Heron LC/Sch-IV

85. Threskiornithidae Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis LC/Sch-IV

86. Ciconiidae Anastomus oscitans Open-billed stork LC/Sch-IV

87. Podicipedidae Podiceps ruficollis Dabchick LC/Sch-IV

88. Anatidae Sarkidiomis melanotos Comb duck/Nakta LC/Sch-IV

89. Anatidae Tadorna ferruginae Brahming Duck LC/Sch-IV

90. Anatidae Anas crecca Common Teal LC/Sch-IV

91. Anatidae Anas platyrhynchos Mallard LC/Sch-IV

92. Accipitridae Milvus migrans Common Pariah kite LC/Sch-IV

93. Accipitridae Elanus caeruleus Black winged kite LC/Sch-IV

94. Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy kite LC/Sch-IV

Mammals

95. Pteropodidae Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying fox LC/-

96. Pteropodidae Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed fruit bat LC/Sch V

97. Soricidae Suncus murinus Grey musk shrew/Chen LC

98. Vespertilionidae Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle / house bat LC/-

99. Muridae Rattus rattus Common house rat LC/Sch V

100. Muridae Mus musculus Common house mouse LC/Sch V

101. Muridae Bandicota indica Bandicoot Rat LC/Sch V



102. Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose LC/Sch-II

103. Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Hare LC/Sch-IV

104. Herpestidae Herpestes vitticollis Small Indian mongoose LC/Sch-II

105. Canidae Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox LC/Sch-II

106. Muridae Vandeleuria oleracea Long tailed tree mouse LC/Sch V

107. Muridae Mus booduga Indian field mouse LC/Sch V

108. Sciuridae Funambulus pennantii Five striped palm Squirrel LC/Sch-IV

109. Felidae Panthera paradus Leopard VU/Sch-I

Note:

Vulnerable (VU) - High risk of endangerment in the wild

Least Concern (LC) - Lowest risk. Does not qualify for more at risk category. Widespread & abundant taxa are included in this category

Nearly Threatened (NT) - Moderate Risk. may be considered threatened with extinction in the near future, although it does not currently qualify for the threatened status

3.8.5. Scheduled Fauna of the study area

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of

wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental there to with a

view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna was

given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules.

Many of the observed species are covered in various schedules of the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

and IUCN Red list 2016-2 as shown in the data tabulated above.

There are four listed animals included in schedule-I, 8 listed numbers animals included in schedule-II, 79

listed animals included in schedule-IV and 7 listed animals included in schedule-V. Wild life conservation plan

for Scheduled I species are provided in the Annexure: VII

Two endemic amphibian species (Indirana leithii and Pseudo philautus amboli) are found in the region. Both

are endemic to Western ghat region. These endemic species are not covered in Indian Wild Life (Protection)

Act, 1972 but are included in IUCN Red list 2016-2 (vide-IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 2.3)

3.9. Landuse/ Landcover (LU/LC)

It is known that land use of an area is controlled by the environment setting of an area. It is constrained by

the inherent characteristics of a terrain such as lithology, landform, soil, slope and drainage. Any disturbance

beyond a sustainable level affects the local environment which in turn exerts influence on the existing land

use pattern. The changes in the pattern of existing resources are always changing, which either may be due

to natural or human activities. The applicability of land use information in very wide and there may be many

inferences vital for various developmental activities that could be obtained from the study of land use

pattern and its periodical changes over time. The pattern emerging from the land use study throws light on

the demographic, socio-economic and prevailing condition of natural resources in an area. Also, land use data

is requisite for water resources inventory, flood control and is used for environmental impact assessment of

an area. An increase or decrease of specific land use category or change in the use of land parcels always

indicates both economic as well environmental condition of an area. Collecting such dynamic information in a

standardized format is an arduous task. Remote sensing satellite data would assist in obtaining such valuable

and formidable information with respect to land use environment of an area. The synoptic view under

uniform illumination and its repetitive coverage allows employing RSI (remote sensing satellite image) to



generate land use information of an area at a periodical interval. Change of both macro and micro-level (soil

and water condition) reflected by land use induced by developmental activities could be mapped and

relevant mitigation measures could be implemented.

The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the project site has been prepared using

RS LISS 4- FMX, 2017 satellite image with reference to National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad. Land use

pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard methods of analysis of

remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection and interpretation of satellite data. The

outcome of land use study is presented below in subsequent tables and figures.

Remote sensing satellite data used for the study

In the present study, remote sensing satellite data RS LISS 4- FMX acquired on January 2017 has been used

(Figure 3.9). A land use map showing 10 Km radial buffer with project area having 315 sq.km spatial extent at

its boundary is carried out. The geographical coordinates of the boundary area may be given as 72°58'43.24"E

longitude and 20°8'17.54"N latitude.

Selection of remote sensing satellite image (RSI) is on the availability of cloud free data and interpretability of

predominant land use and land cover (LULC) category. The examination of satellite data showed that the

region is always covered by clouds with lesser percentage during summer. But rain fed crops are cultivated

during southwest monsoon and hence a data acquired during first onset of precipitation is preferred so as to

delineate crop and fallow land parcels of agricultural category.

Delineation of scrub land is also possible since land with scrub could be easily distinguished from crop

vegetation and separated. This may be an arduous task during monsoon since the entire area would be

witnessed with sudden sprout of lush natural vegetation, mostly prosopis, with first onset of precipitation.

Moreover, data acquired during January is completely obscured by clouds. Considering all these factors, a

larger resolution RS LISS 4- FMX data acquired January 2017 has been selected.



Figure 3.9: Study Area as captured in 2017 Winter Season (Source- RS LISS 4- FMX)

3.9.1.1. Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies

Present study involves regional analysis of land use pattern showing 10 km buffer area, secondly changes in

land use pattern using temporal satellite data and lastly, land use within the buffer and core zone of the area.

This necessitates a careful analysis of satellite data adopting a well-defined methodology.

To cater the requirement, a preliminary assessment of terrain using digital analysis helping to infer

relationship between terrain and land use has been carried out. Such an approach provides lucid



understanding of land use units and enhances the knowledge on the land use pattern assisting in impact

assessment.

The knowledge base thus generated is used to delineate various land use units while carrying out

interpretation of the satellite image. The derived land use information is transformed into a GIS based spatial

database using geo-referencing techniques. Besides, a limited but well focused field investigation also carried

out and coordinates of significant land use units using handheld GPS (Global Positioning System) are gathered

to be used as control points for geo-referencing. Interpreted land use units are verified in the field to

carryout necessary corrections wherever is required before preparing final land use map.

Using the image elements such as color, tone, texture, size, shape and associated elements various land use

units are delineated following the categorization and nomenclature adopted for the national level land use

classification system as recommended by National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Department of Space,

Government of India. Some of the land use units that are identified in the study area are listed in below.

Major Category Landuse unit

Built-up Land Village / Town / Industries

Agricultural Land Crop land Fallow land

Plantation

Waste Land Land without scrub Land with Scrub

Barren / Stony waste

Mining area Mines / dumps / Abandoned quarries

Forest Jungle

Water bodies Rivers / Streams Tanks / Reservoirs

Land use pattern of 10 km radial buffer area of project site

The general land use pattern of the buffer may be broadly classified into four major types – Built up land

(Rural/Urban), agriculture land, Scrub/waste land, Water body and others. In the Industries, settlement,

villages, town and infrastructure facilities are considered. The second category agriculture consists of crop

land, fallow land and plantation. Under the wasteland category, units such as and with scrub, land without

scrub, barren area, is interpreted. Lastly, water bodies such as tanks, ponds and streams are interpreted

under this category. These categories are delineated from the selected satellite image using image elements

such as color, tone, texture, size, shape and associated elements. The delineated land use units are

transformed into a spatial database in GIS environment. The map thus generated in GIS as shown in Figure

3.1 is estimated for area and representation of each category in the study area. The total area of LULC in the

study area is calculated as 315 sq.km and spatial distribution of various LULC categories within buffer area are

discussed below.

Total five major land use/land cover classes were demarcated in the study area following Level III

classification. A thematic map of 1:50,000 scale was generated incorporating these classified categories

considering the area of the project. The area as a whole represents a gently slope, drained by a number of

east to west flowing rivers which debouche into the two rivers flows from east to west in the southern

margin middle of the project site. Large cropland with fallow land is covered which is 176.2 sq km (55.94 %)

of the total area and water body, Dam, River, Reservoir area 13.23 sq km (4.20 %) of the total area and 7.78

sq km (2.66 %) land is covered land with & without scrub in the area adjacent to the study area. The exposed

part of river and dried up river beds constitute this category of land cover.



The Forest including jungle areas constitutes the second dominant category of land use covering as much as

83.33 sqkm (26.45 %) of the total area. The land use for settlement is mostly confined to the ‘rural

settlement’ (built up-rural) 22.90 sq.km (7.27 %), Industrial area 5.85sq.km (1.86%), scattered along the road

networks.

Landuse Categories within 10 Km Buffer zone and their Spatial Extent

Sr. No. Landuse Units Area (Sq.Km) Percentage (%)

1 Built up Land Rural/Urban) Settlement 22.90 7.27

Industry/other industries 5.85 1.86

2 Agriculture Land

Cropland/ fallow land 176.2 55.94

Plantation 3.15 1.00

3 Water bodies River/Dam/Water body/Reservoir 13.23 4.20

4 Scrub/Waste Land Land without scrub 3.99 1.27

Landwith Scrub 4.39 1.39

5 Forest/ Jungle 83.33 26.45

6 Others

Mudflat 0.99 0.31

Mines 0.95 0.30

Crusher 0.02 0.06

Total 315 100

Figure 3.10: Graphical Representation of Land covers



Figure 3.11: Land use Map of Study Area



3.10 Socio-Economic Environment

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd.is a new project which falls under the Union territory of Dadra & Nagar

Haveli. This is Project in velugam village. This project comes under “A” category project, but considered at

central level due to General Condition Applicability. A Secondary data take from Census 2011, Baseline

data/information on socio‐economic front has been collected with the help of 2011 census data, discussion

with Tahsildars, Sarpanchs, various Government officials, local heads, etc. as well as by suitable field surveys.

There are 7 villages coming within the study area of 05 km, (velugam, Apti, Surangi, Karachgam, Kodad,

Khadoli, Sutrakar) That cover all village study area under 05 km, 14 villages coming within the study area of

10 km. but Nearest 10 villages included the study area.(Vasona, Dapada, Chikhali, Khanvel, Kherdi, Udhawa,

Kurze, Varkhande, Talasari, Varwade, Kochai, Luhari, Mondgaon, Kalamdevi) And Information is received by a

FAE, Receive information through obvious, keeps notes in all these diaries. FAE point to be considered as a

final outcome of the project.

An assent part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating varies facts related to

socio-economic conditions in the area, which deals with the total environment. Socio economic study

includes demographers structure of the area, provision of basic amenities viz., housing, education, health and

medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication, transportation, prevailing diseases

pattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance. This helps in visualizing and predicting the possible impact

depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project.

Research Methodology

Collection of Data:

Data for this project were collected via a combination of secondary source (i.e. Government department,

maps, literature research etc.) and primary source (i.e. interviews, field research, Questionnaires) in the study

area. Data were collected at village level and household level by questionnaires and focus group discussion.

Data & Analysis:

The data collected were presented in a suitable, abridged form for further analysis. The collected data were

presented in the form of tabular statement or diagrammatic or graphic form. These tabulated data were

interpreted and analyzed with the help of multifarious qualitative techniques and ideographic approaches.

Baseline information of the Area:

LAND, PEOPLE & Culture:

The study was conducted within 10 km radius study area from the project site. The study area was

categorized on the basis of the distance of the village from project site. The study area consists of total 21

villages & 3 Town out of which all of village’s & town’s information were collected. Information was collected

from Sarpanch, Gram-sevak, Talati, Doctors, Aanganvadi worker, school teachers and other recognized

persons of the area. To ensure the accuracy of the primary data collected from the study area, the

information was verified from census 2011 of Dadra & Nagar Haveli and information collected from various

government departments like health department, agriculture department etc. These villages are collectively

dependent on agricultures. There are housing mostly Raw, a few RCC. They have business 4 month Cropping

and 8 month tali. Nearest village by available NGO at Talasari, if notbook, pen etc. provide study area villages.

And drink water into borewell , bank , post office, collage for nearest town silavassa and others town, road

are asphalted the all village. The majorly portion in these areas is tribal and majorly follows Hindu religion.

Muslim and Christian (missionary available the a little village) religion also prevails in this part. People here

gets very less remuneration for their work, the average pay they get is Rs.350/- or 300/-. While people in this

villages basically go to the nearby city like Vapi, Silvassa, Bhilad, Sarigam, Umbergam for their earnings.



Demography:

The total population of the study area is 241916. Total households in the study area are 2802. Sex ratio

within study area is found as 775 females per 1000 males. The sex ratio in the study area is far lower than UT

/state level sex ratio and the average household/family size is 4-5 in the region which is a standard size of

family in India.

Agriculture and Cropping Pattern:

Agriculture is the monsoon season in 4 month, almost 80% of the families depend on cultivation. But 50%

population out of city in Silvassa, Bhilad, Umbergam As laborers work. It was found out that in surveyed areas

mostly land is infertile. Villagers depend on rainfall for irrigation and water recharge. . In this area cropping

pattern is based on the three season crops- Rabi, Kharif and Zayad.

Education:

All villages are having a primary school in study area. But some villages cover higher secondary school and

colleges for nearest town silvassa , vapi and Bhilad, The students have to travel, Rofel college at vapi, SSR

college at silvassa, arts & comers college at Bhilad.

Health Facilities:

Primary Health Centre is also available in the nearest town silvassa, Rakholi In the case of emergency patients

are referred to Govt. Hospital (Vinoba bhave) at Silvassa. Disease like water born disease, Skin problems,

Fever, Typhoid, Joint pain, Swine flu, Sickle cell, Headache etc... Are Common in study area. Many other

Multispecialty private hospitals are also available nearest city at Silvassa Besides these medical facilities Polio

vaccination and regular health check-ups are being conducted by Health department.

Transportation:

The study area is served by road transport. Most of the villages are connected with main road and approach

road service, but frequency of government buses is not sufficient due to that which villagers have to use

private transport like auto rickshaw, bike. Students are also facing similar problems in study area.

Communication:

A villages have depended the facility of post office nears town sillvassa , Rakholi, masat etc. and Private

courier services are also available in study .

Electricity in the area:

All villages in the study area are electrified in the housing. In village do not public lighting in the study area,

the source of electricity is fulfilled by DNH Power distribution corporation Ltd.

Drinking water facility:

During the primary survey it has been observed that the requirement of drinking water is being fulfilled by

hand pumps, dug wells and other small water bodies. In the summer season villagers of villages are facing

water crisis. In Gram Panchayat does not available R.O. plant.

Employment:

Unemployment ratio is high in the region as non-worker population accounts for more than half of the total

population i.e. 241916. Non-worker population includes students, household duties, dependent, pensioner,

and others. The respective study found that majority of women working as sell work of (tali, dashi daru) as

well as working agriculture labour as temporary basis, and some women for working (services in the

industrial, and lobules, housing work in city of Bhilad, vapi & silavassa) do.

The study area depicts the critical plight of unemployment to a high level. The basic education is completed

from the village. Further, higher education is perceived from Silavassa, Vapi and Bhilad colleges. i.e.(B.A,

B.com, M.com, M.A, B.B.A, B. sc, M.sc, computer software & hardware, MBA, Diploma Engineer, ITI) etc. The

issue arise here is of migration. Youth is compelled to migrate to nearby cities for better job opportunity and

hence the migration number has increased within last few years to quiet an extent.



3.10.1 OUT COMES:

The M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. is a new project located at Velugam. There are several villages

around its periphery but the study will include the villages coming under 05 kms radius in all villages but 10

km radius in 14 villages are some villages include the study area. The name of the villages are (velugam,

Apti, Surangi, Karachgam, Kodad, Khadoli, Sutrakar, Vasona, Dapada, Chikhali, Khanvel, Kherdi, Udhawa,

Kurze, Kochai, Luhari, Mondgaon).

Population Details:

Total populations have been all villages 241916. In which male 106451 and female 107912, in the

study area.

Religions of varlis-62.94%, Koknas-16.85%, dhodias-16.90%, Katodis-0.08%, Dublas-2.29% ,

Nayakas-0.08%, Kolghas-0.84% are the smallest communities in the territory and they constitute

3.31% of the overall tribal population in DNH.

Education faculties:

Primary School is available in all villages of the study area.

Higher Secondary schools are there nearest town Surangi, Rakholi village.

College is there nearest city in Silvassa, Vapi, Bhilad.

Services:

Observed that all people in the mention villages are normally traveled to the nearby city Silavssa,

Vapi, Bhilad for earning. (Labors work and in company and any private sectors)

The major source of income is generated from towns besides agriculture. Timely there is a highly

migration suspected towards city.

Health Centers & Issues:

All villages are not available PHC, private Hospital in the study area, but Government and private hospital nearby at Silavssa and Vapi. And health issues that skin problems, goiter, fever etc.., Problem of clean water and health issue is found in Apti, Kurze and Udhawa village.

Any others Facilities:

It has been into notice that few facility of Anganwadi, Asha worker, Sakhi mandal of the few is in village.

Drinking water is useful of a few villages.

Gram Panchayat is between 2-3 villages. POINTS TO NOTE:

In the village area an individual gets less per day income which is not more than Rs.350/- or 300 per day.

R.O. Plant is not available (gram Panchayat) in the study area villages.

In villages are not electrify public lighting in the study area. Table. 3.14: 24 Hourly Traffic Study of Surangi – Velugam Road

Date 27/12/2017 28/12/2017 29/12/2017

Two Wheeler 1610 1520 1730

Three Wheeler 250 320 280

Four Wheeler 172 185 178

Truck/ Container 0 5 0

Tanker 2 4 3

Tractor 82 65 76

Heavy Vehicle 0 5 6

Public transport 53 51 55

Total 2167 2155 2328


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-04: Anticipated impacts & Mitigation measures (QCI-NABET Accredited) 4-1

CHAPTER: 04

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and

communicate the likely environmental impacts of the proposed new project on the surrounding

environment. The anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed new project would be mainly due to

the operational activities. These operations can disturb the environment in various ways, such as change in

air, noise level; water and soil quality of that particular area. While for the purpose of development and

economic up-liftment of people, there is need for establishment of industries, but these have to be

environmental friendly. Therefore, it is essential to assess the impacts of proposed new project on different

environmental parameters, so that abatement measures could be planned in advance for eco-friendly

Project operation in the area.

Environmental impact assessment study includes:

Identification of all the probable impacts (be it positive or negative) of the various activities involved

in the completion of the project.

Classification of the probable impacts i.e. positive or negative, reversible or irreversible, short term

or long term.

Evaluation of the probable impacts i.e. qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likely impacts.

This chapter presents the identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts with mitigation measures of

the proposed new project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. effected in the baseline environmental

status

4.2 PHASES OF IMPACTS ASSESSMENT STUDY

In the opening phase of impact assessment, the study was conducted for screening & scoping by EIA Team

for further scheduling of the EIA Study by study of records, documents & details provided by the proponent

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. At the later stage of the screening & scoping, FORM-I of EIA notification

SO 1533 was filed along with the Prefeasibility report & Draft TOR and application to MoEF, New Delhi for

approval of the draft TORs. The awarded TOR issued by MoEF, New Delhi has been considered for further

actions to start the EIA study. As described in sections of baseline environmental status of area, study for

environmental quality of the area was started with reference to the awarded TOR and then all completed &

ongoing studies were verified & confirmed with reference to the awarded TOR to comply with the conditions

of awarded TOR issued by MoEF, New Delhi. Simultaneously, the reporting of the study was also started for

extensive study & review of work accomplished time to time. The study was conducted for 10 Km radial area

from site during the Winter Season in months of October 2017 to December 2017.

Primarily, studies for Identification & prediction of impacts were conducted by following assessment of

baseline environmental quality with special reference to the project activities/ components and their

potential stress on the environment as well as with reference to the awarded TOR issued by MoEF, New

Delhi. Further, ground reality survey by site inspections, meetings with associated technical & administrative

persons, technical data /document study as well as cross referencing with various subject references was



done for the purpose throughout the study period. All possible impacts / stresses are identified for further

study and citation of primary mitigation measures for each identified impacts/stresses. The Environmental

Impact Assessment was conducted by following Checklist Method using the Questionnaire, Analysis &

Interpretation of document/record &data by expert of EIA Team and Technical Experts of Proponent,

Scientific & Technical referencing for Identification & interpretation of probable impacts. Activity-Impact

relation approach for identification of impact has been used for the present study and presented in

diagrammatic form in subsequent section.

After Identification, prediction of the major impact, viz., emissions & Air pollution has been done using

mathematical modeling software for quantitative determination of probable impacts of emissions. In the

later stage, impact assess study was conducted by the thorough study for preparation of description of

potential environmental Impacts & mitigation measures as well as by following Matrix Analysis for identified

impacts. The Matrix Analysis was conducted for construction as well as operation phase of the proposed.

Further Matrix was formulated for two scenarios: with mitigation measures & without mitigation measures.

With the necessary details of components of EIA study & necessary document review the Draft EIA report

was prepared and reviewed for necessary update for adequate and efficient presentation of the proposed

project activities, environmental impacts, mitigation measures, safety & management plan etc. in EIA

Report. Finally, completed studies for EIA was reviewed and verified against the Approved Terms of

reference for EIA for compliance to the awarded TOR issued by MoEF. All recommendations & requirement

sited by MoEF, Gujarat were carefully studied to finalize the EIA Report for submission to MoEF along with

EC Application. A detailed report for the compliance of Approved TOR was prepared and covered in the EIA

report as Annexure-I.

4.3 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Study for identification of impacts has been carried out in two parts. Firstly the determination of impacting

activities of the proposed new project, then based on the outcome of the first part, further study for

determination of impacts based on types, nature& significance has been carried out to detailing all probable

impacts for further study. The details of the impact identification study carried out are presented below in

two different sections under respective headings.

4.3.1 PROJECT ACTIVITIES, PROBABLEIMPACTS

In the beginning of identification of the probable impacts of the proposed project, isolation of activity phase

& groups of the proposed project has been performed for identification of impacting activities as well as

impacts of specific activities. With such task, the project activities have been segregated in two main phases:

Construction Phase as well as Commissioning & Operation Phase. Further, the activities of these phases have

been distributed in main groups to aggregate activities of similar type & nature in single group for easy

appraisal of probable impacts.

Further, in very inception of the EIA study data of the project activities & component as well as study of

operation has been done very cautiously & systematically. This has revealed that there would not be any

major sever impacts on environment due to the proposed project except the impacts of major accident

scenarios & uncontrolled released of pollutant (gaseous, liquid & Solid), which may extend out of the plant

area.

Further, it is also noticed that the continuous impacts due to emissions, water consumption, wastewater

generation & disposal and occupational hazards are of main concern for the EIA study for the proposed new

project. However, it is marked that the impacts of the emission from the utilities will be acceptable &

insignificant as Diesel and coal are proposed as fuel for the utilities with proper control pollution control

measures for the proposed project. Also the impacts of the wastewater generation will be very minimal as



wastewater will be regularly treated effectively in efficient treatment and treated effluent is partially

recycled back to process and partially utilized for gardening purpose. Hence, there will be no discharge of

treated effluent outside the company premises to achieving Zero Liquid Discharge goal. Further, hazardous

waste generation from proposed new project will be ETP sludge, used oil & Empty drums/ bags, Process

Residue, waste yarns& lumps which will be managed as per regulatory requirement. Thus considerable

major impacts of hazardous waste generation & management are not anticipated from proposed new

project.

In addition to these, it has been noticed that significant impacts are likely to occur due to the hazards

associated with the industrial operations of the project. It is revealed in risk assessment study that the

impacts of hazards associated with proposed new project is likely to be major in case of catastrophes only.

Minor incidents of spill/leak will not have serious impacts on occupational health & safety but will be

controllable with adequate safety practices & preventive measures.

The phase wise identified activities and the probability of impacts of those activities of the proposed are

presented below.

Table 4.1: Details of Project Activities and Probable Impact

OPERATIONS OF PROPOSED PROJECT

PARAMETERS La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

of

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Mat

eri

als

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

the

r En

gin

ee

rin

g W

ork

s

Raw

Mat

eri

als

& P

rod

uct

s Tr

ansp

ort

atio

n

Mat

eri

al S

tora

ge &

Han

dlin

g

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

era

tio

ns

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

eri

es/

Eq

uip

me

nt

Wat

er

& w

aste

wat

er

Man

age

me

nt

Act

ivit

ies

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

age

me

nt

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

me

nt

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

en

t, C

SR&

RW

H

Meteorology - - - - - - - A - - - - - -

Air Quality& Air Pollution A A A A A A A A - A - A A B

Noise Level A A A A A A A A A - - A - B

Change in Ground Water Quality - - A - - A A A - A A A A -

Change in Surface Water Quality - - A - - A A A - A A A A -

Load on Ground Water Resources - - - - - - - - - - - - - B

Load on Surface Water Resources - - A - - - - A - A - A A B

Change in Hydrological Pattern - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Geology - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Landuse A - - - - - - - - - - - - B

Soil Quality A - A - A A - A - A A A A B

Terrestrial Flora & Fauna A A A A A A - A - A A A - B

Aquatic Flora & Fauna - - - - - - - - - A - - - -

Ecological Habitat - - - `- A A - A - A - A - B

Demography - - - - - - B - B - - - - -




PARAMETERS La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

of

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Mat

eri

als

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

Raw

Mat

eri

als

& P

rod

uct

s Tr

ansp

ort

atio

n

Mat

eri

al S

tora

ge &

Han

dlin

g

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

en

t

Wat

er

& w

aste

wat

er

Man

agem

en

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

en

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

me

nt

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

en

t, C

SR&

RW

H

Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - B

Employment & Economy B B B B B B B - - - - - B -

Socioeconomic Activities - - - - A A - - - - - A - B

Public Health & Safety A A - - A A - A - A - A - B

Public Amenities & Services - A - - A - - - - - - - - B

Occupational Health & safety A A A A A A A A - A - A - -

Work Place Condition A - A A A A A A - - - A - -

Note: A-Adverse; B- Beneficial

The diagrammatic presentation has been prepared to identify the probable impacting activities and aspects

of commissioning & operation phase after review of project operation & documents as well as by discussions

with the officials & experts of proponent. Based on the considerable potential of impacts, main activities of

the commissioning & operation phase of project and associated environmental aspects identified for further

study are depicted below as illustration in figure 4.1 whereas the detailed description regarding the

anticipated impacts along with necessary details of identification, prediction & significance as well as

mitigation measures are presented in subsequent sections under respective headings.



Figure 4.1: Probable Impacts & Mitigation (Operation Phase)

4.3.2 TYPES, NATURE & SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS:

The second important step & task of the impact assessment study which determines necessity of further

study is classification of nature & types of impacts identified for the proposed project. This task serves as the

base platform for further study. Considering this, the impacts identified for the proposed project activities

are studied to determine the type & nature of the impacts. The detail of outcome of this study for

determination of the types, nature & Significance of the identified impacts are presented below as prepared

by the Functional Area Experts in in subsequent section of their respective functional areas.

“Overall Impact Significance” is estimated to evaluate quantification of probable impacts on environmental

attributes using following “Environmental Significance Factors” and impact score. The “Environmental

Significance Factors” are determined based on quality of the prevailing environmental conditions, prevailing

stress of the study area, sensitivity of receptor and probable project specific influence of the proposed

project.



Environmental Attribute Environmental Significance Factors (ESF)

1. Ambient Environment

Meteorology

Air Quality& Air Pollution

Ambient Noise

25

5

15

5

2. Water Environment

Ground Water Quality

Surface Water Quality

Groundwater Quantity

Surface Water Quantity

Hydrological Pattern

20

5

5

2

7

1

3. Land Environment

Geology

Land use

Soil Quality

10

1

4

5

4. Ecological Environment

Terrestrial Flora & Faun

Aquatic Flora & Fauna

Ecological Habitat

20

10

3

7

5. Socioeconomic Environment

Demography

Education

Employment& Economy

Socioeconomic Activities

Public Health & Safety

Public Amenities & Services

20

4

2

5

2

2

5

6. Work Environment

Occupational Health & Safety

Work Place Condition

5

3

2

Criteria for Impacts Scoring: (-) = Negative, (+) Positive, (0)=No Impact/ Negligible /Insignificant,

(1)= Minor/Slightly Significant, (2)= Moderate/Considerably Significant, (3) = Major/Highly Significant,

OVERALL IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE (OIS)= (∑ Impact Score for the Environmental parameter/10) x ESF

Criteria for interpretation of Overall Impact Significance:

If OIS indicates negative impacts & absolute value of OIS >ESF than Serious impacts Required

more attention and acceptable only if it can be reduced by mitigation measures

If OIS indicates negative impacts & absolute value of OIS = 51% -100% of ESF than Considerable

impacts requires systematic action plan & mitigation measures

If OIS indicates negative impacts & absolute value of OIS ≤ 50% ESF than minor impacts requires

generic action plan & mitigation measures

If OIS indicates positive impacts than impact is unconditionally accepted with mitigation



4.4 DESCRIPTION OF ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATIONS

The proposed Manmade fiber other than Rayon manufacturing project being a new project located within

Notified Industrial area of Silvassa D&NH, does not require additional land but requires considerable

quantity of water, power, fuel, human resources, machineries & utilities etc. The details of all major

resources required for proposed project are described in earlier sections under respective headings.

Considering the above mentioned details of resource requirements and potentials of pollution as well as

above tabulated identified impacts on environment; impact statements have been prepared after necessary

detailed study. The impacts statements for the proposed project as predicted & assessed are described in

subsequent section under respective headings.

4.4.1 IMPACT ON AMBIENT ENVIRONMENT

All probable impacts on ambient environment are considered for determination of probable impacts of the

proposed project. Under the ambient environment, meteorology, air quality and noise level are considered

as environmental parameters for ambient environment. All operations of the proposed project are

considered for the assessment of the impacts from the proposed project. Initially the impact significance has

been estimated to determine the need of further study as well as to determine the necessary mitigation for

proposed project. Finally the impact significance for residual impacts after mitigation has also been assessed

to determine need of detailed EMP. The details of impact assessment study and necessary mitigation has

been presented below in subsequent tables and paragraphs under the current section of Impacts on

Ambient Environment.

DESCRIPTION FOR IDENTIFIED IMPACTS

Impact On Air Quality/Air Pollution Level

Construction Phase

The preparation of additional land for construction work will have moderate impacts on air quality & air

pollution mainly due to increased level of particulate resulted by mechanical operations for land

levelling. This will also pose minor impacts on air quality & air pollution due to exhaust of machineries

and equipment (i.e Dozer & Tractor etc.) used for land preparation. Water sprinkling for dust

suppression would be done to minimise these impacts.

As the project is new, significant civil work will be done for development of buildings & structures. These

will have significant moderate impact on air quality & air pollution and noise level of the local area

mainly due to the particulates emission from construction materials handling & transfer as well as civil

masonry work, which will result in increased Particulate level in ambient air of local area.Dust curtain

and barricade will be provided to restrict the dusting within the site to minimise the impacts on air of

local area.

Considerably huge transportation activities for construction materials may result in contaminations of air

due to the particulates escaping from the transport vehicles. The vehicular exhaust will result in marginal

increase in levels of SO2, NOx, SPM, CO, unburnt HC and also noise generation. These effects will

however, be temporary and reversible.

Heavy Fabrications& other engineering works will be required for development of the proposed project

which will have considerable impacts on air quality & air pollution due to the fine particulates & gaseous

pollutants emitted from the fabrication works like metal cutting &grinding, welding etc. These impacts

would be within the project premises hence the significance will not be high if work is done in

designated area with all safe work measures.

Commissioning & Operation Phase

The commissioning &operational activities are expected to have long-term impacts on the air quality. The

details of the identified impacts of these phases are described below.



Utility operation will have minor impacts on humidity level of local area due to high evaporation losses

from cooling.

During the transportation of the raw materials & transport, particulates emission from transport vehicles

are likely to release which may increase the PM level in ambient air of transportation route. However,

this impact will be negligible and acceptable without any major mitigation as all materials are

transported in closed bags, bales or containers. Similar impacts are likely to occur during the activities of

material storage, handling and transfer which will be negligible and can be mitigated by provision of

proper storage with adequate ventilation & proper handling & transfer facilities.

Wastewater treatment and domestic activities will have negligible impacts on ambient air quality due to

release of volatile pollutants in domestic wastewater and industrial wastewater in ETP. The pollutant of

concern is Ammonia and Sulfide which will be very low to detect in ambient air quality.

Greenbelt will have positive impact on the ambient air environment as it will act as pollution sink.

In case of accidental release of stored materials especially of PTA may have significant impacts due to

hazard related with dust in air. Hence, utmost care shall be taken with implementation of nitrogen

blanketing, nitrogen flushing system recommended by technology supplier for storage system,

continuous monitoring of O2 ppm in the PTA storage silos and necessary safety measures to prevent risk

of dust emission etc. shall be maintained.

The process emission will not occur from main process of CP for production of POY but it will arise due to

gaseous emission from stripping of liquid from CP which is to be sent for treatment in ETP. Hence, it is

planned by the proponent to provide stripping column with close waste gas transfer system to manage

& control the emission from stripping column. The stripped gasses, if release in atmosphere directly may

have significant impacts on air quality. Considering this and the thermal properties of the waste gasses,

it has been planned to use the gas in HTM with the fuel-natural gas. Further, the emission of HTM due to

use of waste gas with fuel will not result in any major issue of air contamination as the waste gas

combustion products are only CO2 and moisture due to present of carbon & hydrogen only in the

composition of the waste gases. Thus, the overall impacts of the process emission will be almost

eliminated by using the waste gas in TFHs with fuel. Besides this, there will not be any considerable

impacts due to process emissions.

The only major impacts of the proposed project are envisaged due to the operation of the utilities

(Boilers, TFHs &DG Sets). As the effects of emission from the utilities, level of PM, SOx, NOx, CO, and

unburned fuel would increase significantly. The increase in pollutants’ level may result in different health

effects like respiratory problem, asthma, bronchitis, allergic condition, effects on vision etc. Severity of

these effects varies according to the level of increase of the pollutant in the ambient air.

The proposed project would require 3 Boilers and 3 nos. of HTM Heaters. FO is proposed to be used as

the preferred fuel for these utilities. Beside these, 3 DG sets would also be installed to meet the power

requirement during the time of grid power failure. Thus the stationary emission would be significant

from the proposed project. As the project study area exhibits a wild life sanctuary, impacts on air quality

due to the proposed emission need to be studied very carefully.

Considering the necessity of the further study to determine the quantitative impacts of the stationary

emission from the stacks of proposed project, modelling study has been carried out using the Aermod

View software of Lake’s Environmental Inc., Canada. The details of the modelling study have been

elaborated with necessary information of input parameters as well as outcome in form of Incremental

GLCs and Predicted Ambient Air Quality in the subsequent description & illustrations.



Air Quality Modelling Details

o Source Input:

Table 4.2: Details of Source Input:

Stack Attached To UTM Coordinates

For ISCST3

Input

Height,

Mt

Exit Gas

Temp.0C

Exit Gas

Velocity,

mt/sec

Diameter

At Top,

Mt

X, mt Y mt

Stack 1:1 TPHx2 Boiler 290201.36 2227955.43 30.00 180 9.8 0.2

Stack 2: 10TPH boiler 290203.35 2227948.99 30.00 180 10.5 0.6

Stack 3: TFH1 290205.01 2227945.39 30.00 140 10.8 0.6

Stack 4: TFH2 290206.51 2227941.92 30.00 140 10.8 0.6

Stack 5: TFH3 290207.89 2227939.12 30.00 140 10.8 0.6

Stack 6: DG Set (1000 KVA) 290202.84 2227935.39 30.00 450 35.1 0.33

Stack 7: DG Set (2500 KVA) 289879.19 2227896.09 30.00 450 35.1 0.5

Stack 8: DG Set (2500 KVA) 289876.62 2227873.48 30.00 450 35.1 0.5

o Emission Input:

Table 4.3: Details of Emission Input:

Sr. No.

Stack ID & Utility Pollutant Emission rate (gm/sec) APCD & efficiency

W/O APCD With APCD

Not Required

1 Stack 1: (TPHx2 Boiler)

PM2.5 0.0158 --

PM10 0.0158 --

SOx 0.1912 --

NOx 0.11167 --

CO 0.02030 --

2 Stack 2: 10TPH boiler

PM2.5 0.0791 --

PM10 0.0791 --

SOx 0.9531 --

NOx 0.5565 --

CO 0.1012 --

3 Stack 3: TFH1

PM2.5 0.0813 --

PM10 0.0813 --

SOx 0.9798 --

NOx 0.5721 --

CO 0.104 --

4 Stack 4: TFH2

PM2.5 0.0813 --

PM10 0.0813 --

SOx 0.9798 --

NOx 0.5721 --

CO 0.104 --

4 Stack 5: TFH3

PM2.5 0.0813 --

PM10 0.0813 --

SOx 0.9798 --

NOx 0.5721 --

CO 0.104 --

5 Stack 6: DG Set (1000 KVA) PM2.5 0.0453 --

PM10 0.0469 --



Sr. No.

Stack ID & Utility Pollutant Emission rate (gm/sec) APCD & efficiency

SOx 0.2185 --

NOx 1.1413 --

CO 0.7429 --

6 Stack 7: DG Set (2500 KVA)

PM2.5 0.1132 --

PM10 0.1172 --

SOx 0.5464 --

NOx 2.8533 --

CO 1.8572 --

7 Stack 8: DG Set (2500 KVA)

PM2.5 0.1132 --

PM10 0.1172 --

SOx 0.5464 --

NOx 2.8533 --

CO 1.8572 --

o Receptors Input:

Table 4.4: Details of Receptors Input:

Village/Receptor Grid Coordinate(UTM Zone 43N) Remarks

X, mt Y, mt

Discrete Cartesian Receptors

The Discrete Cartesian Receptors selected are the location selected for the ambient air quality monitoring for baseline environmental study.

AQ1 (Project Site) 290144.6 2228028

AQ2 (Surangi) 291560.7 2229821

AQ3 (Pati) 288662.1 2235018

AQ4 (Karachgam) 291327 2225490

AQ5 (Bindrabin) 295208.4 2228840

AQ6 (Luhari) 295833.2 2232817

AQ7 (Kurze) 286952.9 2225992

AQ8 (Apti) 289272 2229953

Uniform Cartesian Grid Center 290201.36 2227955.43

Grid Size: 20,000mt X 20,000mt, No. of X & Y receptors: 21 Nos. each Grid Spacing: X=1000 Mt, Y=1000 Mt.

Discrete Polar Receptors 290201.36 2227955.43 20 Discrete Cartesian Receptor @500 mt interval are selected in downwind direction (282) from stack of Boiler.

o Meteorological & Other Input:

The meteorological input details used for modelling are presented in earlier chapter -3. In

addition to these, terrain was also considered as input data for the modelling. The input terrain

details for the modelling have been presented in earlier chapter 3.

o Output Selections:

Detailed report for Modelling for 24 Hourly outcomes

1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC

Contour Indicating 1st 24 Hourly highest Incremental GLC for Cartesian grid area showing

Discrete Cartesian receptor.

1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC for 20 Discrete Polar Receptors at 500 mt

interval in downwind direction (Graph)

o Predicted Incremental GLC:



Table 4.5: Outcome of Model: Predicted Incremental GLC:

Village Coordinates, mt. Predicted Highest 24hr. Avg. Incr. GLC, µg/m3

X Axis Y Axis PM2.5 PM10 SO2 NOx CO

1st Highest 288201.36 2224455.43 1.74966 1.7649 17.96981 33.48983 0.1012

AQ1 (Project Site) 290144.6 2228028 1.1863 1.19189 13.15454 11.52109 0.0408

AQ2 (Surangi) 291560.7 2229821 0.23683 0.2393 2.34774 2.93989 0.0120

AQ3 (Pati) 288662.1 2235018 0.19487 0.19692 1.92831 2.42781 0.0083

AQ4 (Karachgam) 291327 2225490 0.25518 0.25737 2.62809 2.92023 0.0087

AQ5 (Bindrabin) 295208.4 2228840 0.12481 0.12621 1.21822 1.59724 0.0097

AQ6 (Luhari) 295833.2 2232817 0.08781 0.08903 0.80972 1.24296 0.0094

AQ7 (Kurze) 286952.9 2225992 0.25177 0.25495 2.38267 3.40992 0.0115

AQ8 (Apti) 289272 2229953 0.25781 0.26153 2.34693 3.72552 0.0122

o Predicted Ambient Air Quality:

Table 4.6: Predicted Ambient Air Quality:

Location Particular PM2.5, µg/m3

PM10, µg/m3

SO2, µg/m3 NOX, µg/m3 CO mg/m3

CPCB Limit Residential Area 60 100 80 80 04

Project Site

Baseline 25.46 75.67 20.17 23.08 <1

Incremental GLC 1.1863 1.19189 13.15454 11.52109 <1

Predicted Air Quality 26.65 76.86 33.32 34.58 <1

Surangi

Baseline 25.46 74.50 17.92 23.42 <1

Incremental GLC 0.23683 0.2393 2.34774 2.93989 <1


Pati

Baseline 27.25 82.54 20.17 20.71 <1

Incremental GLC 0.19487 0.19692 1.92831 2.42781 <1


Karachgam

Baseline 31.08 75.08 16.67 22.54 <1

Incremental GLC 0.25518 0.25737 2.62809 2.92023 <1


Bindrabin

Baseline 16.58 68.75 15.71 23.13 <1

Incremental GLC 0.12481 0.12621 1.21822 1.59724 <1


Luhari

Baseline 30.54 79.92 16.88 21.33 <1

Incremental GLC 0.08781 0.08903 0.80972 1.24296 <1


Kurze

Baseline 25.33 76.88 16.79 22.54 <1

Incremental GLC 0.25177 0.25495 2.38267 3.40992 <1


Apti

Baseline 27.96 77.13 17.25 23.08 <1

Incremental GLC 0.25781 0.26153 2.34693 3.72552 <1


As it is observed from the above details of outcome of model and predicted ambient air quality, there will be

slight to considerable change in studied ambient air quality parameters of the project area due to the

emission of proposed utilities of the project. However, the impacts would be restricted in area close to

project site. The ambient air quality at all studied location will remain well below the NAAQS issued by CPCB

as the predicted incremental GLC indicates non-measurable increase in all studied parameters. Hence, there

will not be any indication of critical air pollution and therefore issue of health effects on people and animals

as well as flora of the area is not envisaged.



Figure 4.2: Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of PM2.5:

Figure 4.3: Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of PM10:



Figure 4.4: Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of SOX:

Figure 4.5: Contour of Predicted 24 Hourly Incremental GLC of NOX:



Figure 4.6: Contour of Predicted 1 Hourly Incremental GLC of CO:

IMPACTS ON NOISE LEVEL

Construction Phase

Land preparation work will have pose some considerable minor impacts on noise as temporarily noise

level in the area will increase due to high noise emission from the Dozers & Tractors etc.

The noise level in the local area would also increase slightly during the civil work due to the operations of

high noise generating construction machineries & equipment.

High noise generation in fabrication area will result in increase in noise level in local area during some

operation like metal cutting, grinding and welding etc.

Transportation of raw material and products will increase the movements of truck which in turn will

increase the noise level. The increased noise level in such way will have effects on sleeping of people as

well as fauna of the transport route.

Commissioning &Operation Phase

The main sources of high noise are texturizing & spinning sections of manufacturing plant will have high

noise from 80 dB (A) to 100 dB (A) which can increase the noise level of process area and surrounding

area. Such increase in noise level will have considerable impacts on employee engaged in process area.

As the tenure of exposure to this high noise will be high due to continuous operation of manufacturing

process, head ache is most likely to occur in employee engaged in this area. Also up on long time, such

regular exposure to high noise may result in hearing impairment of the employee engaged in this area.

Further, the impacts of the high noise outside the premises will not be major as these noise generating

operations will be done in soundproof enclosed building will serve as highly effective barrier, which will

effectively reduce the noise propagation outside of process area.

In addition to the above, proposed boilers, TFHs and DG Sets will be the sources of high noise. The noise

generated by the utilities will be confined within the utility area. The noise level outside the utility area



will be slightly higher which will have effects on normal hearing of the person engaged in the nearby

area. Continuous exposure to the increased noise level in the vicinity of utility area may result in head

ache in the person exposed to the noise depending on the tenure of exposure.

Greenbelt will have positive impact on the ambient noise level as it will act as noise barrier.

The maximum noise level outside the premises due to all activities will remain below 75 dB (A) at any

time and the site is situated within the industrial Area. Hence no major issue related with adverse effects

on noise of human and other fauna of the area is anticipated.

C. Mitigation Measures:

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

Fabrication work shall be done in properly ventilated area in the shed whenever possible.

Proper ventilation shall be ensured in the storage & working area during all stages of project

Properly designed PTA storage system with nitrogen blanketing & nitrogen flushing system as recommended by technology supplier for storage system and continuous monitoring of Oxygen level in the PTA storage silos and necessary safety measures to prevent risk of dust emission etc.

The emissions from stripping column shall be collected in closed system and transferred to HTM for

combustion with primary fuel.

Stack of adequate height & internal diameter at top shall be provided to all utilities. The stack height as

per regulatory guideline and use of Low sulphur FO to reduce the emission of SO2.

Only DG Sets confirming applicable statutory norms shall be installed with stack of adequate height.

Adequate handling & transfer system preferably closed automated system operated through PLC.

All mitigation, control & prevention measures as suggested in RA report and disaster management plan

shall be provided.

Transportation must be done in closed vehicles only having all safety measures and complying with

HAZMAT guidelines & statutory requirements.

NOISE CONTROL

Adequate sound proofing and provision of highly efficient noise protection equipment for employees in

Texturizing, spinning & weaving section.

Turning off equipment/machinery not in use

During night time, prefer to avoid high noise generating activities

Proper Sturdy non-vibrating foundation with rubber/vibration reducing pads for equipment/machinery

Housing of high noise generating equipment/machinery in closed area

Provision of acoustic enclosure & silencer for all DG set & silencer for the Boilers

Boiler Shoot blowing operation shall be properly managed to eliminate impacts of high noise.

Regular maintenance of the equipment & machineries including static /dynamic balancing & lubrication

Provision of proper PPE (hearing protection aids) like ear muff and plug to all employee

A greenbelt in and around the premises to create barrier for noise propagation

Minimum transportation in night time on route passing from residential area & restriction on Loud Horns

Regular monitoring of noise level with in & nearby area outside premises



Significance of Impacts


PARAMETERS &ESF La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F C

ON

STR

UC

TIO

N P

HA

SE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)

WITHOUT MITIGATION MEASURES

1. Meteorology (5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.5

2. Air Quality & Air Pollution (10) -2 -1 -2 -1 -6 -6.0 -1 -1 -2 -2 0 -1 -1 -2 -1 +1 -10 -10.0

3. Noise Level (3) -1 -1 -1 -2 -5 -1.5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 0 +1 -9 -2.7

Total (18) -3 -2 -3 -3 -11 -7.50 -2 -2 -4 -5 -2 -1 -1 -4 -1 +2 -20 -13.2

WITH MITIGATION MEASURES

1. Meteorology (5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.5

2. Air Quality & Air Pollution (10) 0 0 -1 -1 -2 -2.0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -2 0 +1 -2 -2.0

3. Noise Level (3) 0 0 -1 -1 -2 -0.6 0 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -2 0 +1 -4 -1.2

Total (18) 0 0 -2 -2 -4 -2.6 0 0 -1 -3 -1 0 0 -4 0 +2 -7 -3.7

4.4.2 IMPACTS ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

A. ANTICIPATED IMPACTS:

As it has been noticed there will not be any major issue with project operation related with impacts on water

environment except the high use of surface water/ground water for cooling which will result in loss of water

due to evaporation. Besides, minor impacts due to the wastewater management are likely to occur.

Considering this, the impact assessment for water environment has been carried out for each operation of

proposed project. The details of impact evaluation & description of probable impacts are presented in

subsequent table & paragraphs under the current section.


Construction phase:

During construction phase, considerable issue of moderate to major impacts are anticipated due to

the high water requirement for proposed construction works as well as due to probability of

contamination of ground & Surface water resources due to contaminated runoff from site. The rate

of seepage & percolation of contaminated runoff is very less considering the geological condition of

the area & there is no surface water resource in the close vicinity. Hence the anticipated impact of

runoff would be minor and negligible.

During construction average water requirement would be around 100-200 KLD for civil works only

which will have considerable impacts. However, as the water source (Damanganga)/ground water is

adequate to cater the demand, the impacts of water consumption would be acceptable with

adequate measures reduce to consumption rate & wastage of water.



Beside these, there would be no other considerable significant impact occurring during the

construction phase. Hence, it has been noticed that the probable impacts of construction phase

would be acceptable with generic measures for water conservation &prevention of water pollution

during civil work.

Commissioning & Operation phase

During commissioning & Operation phase, considerable impacts are anticipated in case of material handling-

storage & transfer, manufacturing process, utility operation, wastewater management activities, hazardous

waste management and Breakdown & maintenance of control equipment. The descriptions of identified

impacts are presented below:

The proposed project would have two major organic raw materials which may result in considerable

impacts on quality of ground & surface water resources if spilled / leak / fall on bared soil or run away

causing outfall in nearby surface water body. Such probability is envisaged during the activities of

transportation, material storage/handling/transfer and manufacturing process.

Utility operation especially cooling will have considerable impacts on water environment in terms of

depletion of water due to high water requirement in cooling to make up the high evaporation losses.

Besides, small losses from boiler are also likely to occur in terms of steam losses. As these losses are

collectively contributes about 82% of total water requirement, the impacts on water resources will be

considerable. However the overall significance of this impact would be low as the water requirement

would be met from Damanganga Canal / ground water with required permission from CGWA which is an

adequate source to cater the demand. Further, these impacts would be reversible & controllable as the

area has high potential of annual rain fall and a considerable quantity of water will be recycled back after

necessary treatment. Rain water harvesting would be done by proponent during monsoon, which will

mitigate this impact to considerable extent as use of harvested rain water will be done to meet the

water requirement and the drawl of surface water/ground water will be minimal.

The manufacturing process & allied activities like washing & cleaning as well as utility (boiler & cooling

tower) operation will have considerable impacts on water quality due to the wastewater generation. If

the untreated or partially treated effluent from these activities are disposed off may result in the

significant impacts on groundwater quality. Similar impacts are also likely if the untreated effluents from

these activities before treatment are leaked or spilled on bared land or causing runoff outside the

premises.

Similarly, because of wastewater management activities, impacts on water in terms of contamination of

groundwater due to seepage & percolation and contamination of surface water due to outfall of

contaminated runoff resulting due to untreated wastewater are likely to arise. This will have effects on

water quality due to increase level of TDS, Hardness, Alkalinity and suspended solid in receiving water

body/resource. However, it has been noticed that proponent will implement 100% recycling/reuse

scheme for wastewater management with provision of adequate & efficient ETP and RO/MEE, hence

such impacts will not occur in normal course of operation of the unit.

Beside of this, minor impacts on water environment is likely to occur due to seepage of leachate from

hazardous waste (ETP waste & Used Oil) in soil. As a result of such incident, increased toxicity of

affected groundwater will result in toxic effects on human and other animals consuming this

groundwater as well as flora irrigated with the contaminated groundwater, which can be very serious for

health and even can result in fatality depending up on the toxicity level & type of pollutant in leachate.

Similar impacts on water quality may occur due to disposal of untreated sewage generated from

domestic activities. However, chances of this impact are less as the sewage will be managed by

treatment & disposal through septic tank & soak pit.



In addition to these, Minor impacts on water quality due to operation of utility are envisaged as the

pollutant emitted in air during the operation of utility may get deposited in surface water resources and

on soil of nearby area. Eventually this deposition would result in contamination of surface water &

groundwater resources of affected area. However, the level of contamination would be negligible and

acceptable if proper air pollution control devices are to be provided.

The failure of ETP & impervious lining of Hazardous waste storage area can cause significant negative

impact on the water environment due to contamination of water resources of the area as described in

above paragraphs.

No major impact is identified on hydrology as the water will be sourced from adequate water resource.

Rain water harvesting will have beneficial impacts on water resources of the area.

There will be no impact on groundwater hydrology as ground water will not be used in any case.

B. Mitigation Measures:

Prevention of generation of the runoff from construction site and adequate measures to keep the run off

(if generated) within the site to prevent any issue of impact outside of the premises due to

contaminated run off.

Minimal & optimum usage of water and prevention of wastage of water by adequate prevention of

leakage & systematic usage during construction phase

Adequate effluent treatment plant and Septic Tank & Soak pit for domestic wastewater management

during construction phase.

Efficient & Adequate Sewage Treatment plant for treatment of domestic sewage and 100% reuse of

treated sewage for irrigation of greenbelt during commissioning & operation phase.

Efficient & Adequate Effluent Treatment plant for treatment of industrial effluent and 100% reuse of

treated effluent in cooling tower makeup during commissioning & operation phase.

MEE for evaporation of RO reject

Hazardous waste storage area with leachate collection line connected with ETP and disposal as per the

regulatory guideline/ provisions

Impervious lining of floor of material storage area, hazardous waste storage area and production area

with all necessary arrangement of prevention of spread up and collection of any waste stream

Higher COC (>8) for cooling tower using RO or any other suitable technology like Softener, ScaleBan etc.

Water requirement shall be met only by drawl of water from Damanganaga canal/Ground water with

required permission from CGWA.

Roof top Rainwater harvesting and use of harvested rainwater to meet water requirement of unit or

groundwater recharging if permitted by concern authority.

Implementation of all APCD as suggested for air pollution prevention for utilities

Significance of Impacts As observed, the impacts of the project will be considerable and requires systematic action plan &

mitigation. Even after mitigation, major serious impacts are likely to occur during Breakdown & Maintenance

of Control Equipments like effluent collection / transfer / pipeline, process safety equipment &ETP. Detailed

EMP requires mainly for pollution control due to manufacturing process, material storage, utility operation &

handling and wastewater management as well as for Breakdown & Maintenance of Control Equipment.



OPERATIONS OF

PROPOSED PROJECT

PARAMETERS & ESF

Lan

d A

cqu

isit

ion

& P

rep

arat

ion

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F C

ON

STR

UC

TIO

N P

HA

SE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)


1. Change in Ground Water Quality (5) 0 0 -2 0 -2 -1.0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -2 -1 -2 -1 0 -10 -5.0

2. Change in Surface Water Quality (5) 0 0 -1 0 -1 -0.5 -1 -1 0 -1 0 -2 -1 -2 -1 0 -9 -4.5

3. Load on Ground Water Resources (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0

4. Load on Surface Water Resources (7) 0 0 -2 0 -2 -1.4 0 0 0 -2 0 -1 0 -2 -1 +1 -5 -3.5

5. Change in Hydrological Patter (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0

TOTAL(20) 0 0 -5 0 -5 -2.9 -2 -2 -1 -4 0 -5 -2 -6 -3 +1 -24 -13.0


1. Change in Ground Water Quality (4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 -0.4

2. Change in Surface Water Quality (6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 -0.6

3. Load on Ground Water Resources (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +0.2

4. Load on Surface Water Resources (7) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 +1 0 -1 0 +1 0 0

5. Change in Hydrological Patter (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL (20) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 +1 0 -3 0 +2 -1 -0.8

4.4.3 IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

a. Anticipated Impacts:

For effective identification of impacts of the proposed project on Land environment has been assessed in

very beginning of the task of impact assessment. The details are presented in subsequent table & paragraphs

under the current section.


Construction phase

During construction phase, minor adverse impacts are envisaged and only minor impacts are noticed in

case of land preparation activities & civil works.

Minor impacts of these activities will occur in terms of disturbance of top soil & change in soil quality.

No impact will occur on geology and minor beneficial impacts are likely to occur on landuse status of the

project due to utilization of unused land in industrial zone.

These identified impacts are acceptable and doesn’t require any major mitigation measures except

prevention of contaminated runoff & dust generation from civil works.

Commissioning & Operation phase

During commissioning & operation phase, considerably significant & moderate impacts are noticed in case of

wastewater &Hazardous/ Solid waste management activities and Breakdown & maintenance of control

equipment. Besides, minor impacts are noticed in case of transportation activities, materials storage &

handling, utility operation & domestic activities. Impacts of these activities will occur only due to



contamination of soil. No impact will occur on geology and minor beneficial impacts are likely to occur on

land use status due to greenbelt development. The identified impacts are described in details as below:

Negative impacts may occur in term of contamination of soil due to mixing of heavy load of pollutants of

effluent from Process, washing. This may alter many soil quality parameters (pH, soluble salt, inorganic

elements, SAR, Nutrient level, Total Carbon, Carbon to Nitrogen Ratio and Biological organisms)

depending on the contents of wastewater & solid causing the moderate impacts. Increase in pollutant

levels & toxicity of soil are most likely due to this impact, which in turn will affect the soil quality, soil

fertility and depletion/reduction of soil organisms (biotic factor of soil)& fauna. These impacts will be

reduced to minor & acceptable as the wastewater will be properly treated in ETP &STP for reuse to meet

the water requirement.

Similar negative moderate impacts would occur due to mixing of leachate from hazardous waste storage

area. However, such impacts would be controlled as proponent has already planned to provide properly

designed hazardous waste storage area confirming statutory requirement and disposal will be done as

per statutory requirement. All leachate will be collected and treated in ETP, hence the impacts would be

reduced to minor & acceptable.

It is obvious that many materials/pollutants of the project can be airborne or emitted in environment

during breakdown & maintenance of control equipment. Such material may get settled on soil which

may in turn cause moderate and significant negative impacts similar to the above mentioned impacts in

terms of soil contamination.

Similarly, minor to moderate negative impact will occur on land environment in term of contamination

of soil due to mixing of heavy load of chemicals on soil caused by mixing of raw materials from

transportation, materials storage & handling activities in case of malfunctioning or major hazard

occurred in storage & process area.

Further, the particulate& gaseous emitted from the utility and machineries operation can be deposited

on soil which may result in some minor impact on quality of soil of affected.

Domestic activities may also pose some minor impacts on soil quality due to contamination due to

dumping of untreated sewage & domestic solid waste on bared land.

Greenbelt development will have positive impact on the ambient environment as it will act as pollution

sink and may help in reducing the pollutant load of the soil of the local area.

No impact on Geology has been identified for proposed project.

b. Mitigation Measures:

Domestic waste water should be disposed off only through adequate septic tank and then soaks pit

during construction phase.

During commissioning & operation phase, ETP of adequate capacity to treat wastewater prior to reuse

for cooling tower makeup and STP of adequate capacity to treat sewage prior to reuse for irrigation.

Properly designed hazardous waste storage area as per statutory requirementand leachate shall be

collected and treated in ETP.

Hazardous waste disposal shall never be done on bare land but shall be done as per regulatory provision

Proper air pollution control system to control the gaseous pollutant &dust emission of the project.

Proper impervious lining in material storage area as well as production area for prevention of fire hazard

causing the contamination of soil.

All mitigation measures as suggested by respective FAEs (of AP, AQ, WP, RH) should be implementation

to eliminate the possibilities of soil contamination.



Transportation activities shall be done with provision of all necessary safety measures to prevent

hazards as well as to ensure containment of material close to the transportation vehicle.

Development & maintenance of dense greenbelt in and around plant periphery.


OPERATIONS OF

PROPOSED PROJECT

PARAMETERS & ESF

Lan

d A

cqu

isit

ion

& P

rep

arat

ion

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F C

ON

STR

UC

TIO

N P

HA

SE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)


1. Geology (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2. Landuse (5) +1 0 0 0 +1 +0.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +0.5

3. Soil Quality (6) -1 0 -1 0 -2 -1.2 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -2 -2 -2 -1 +1 -10 -6.0

TOTAL (12) 0 0 -1 0 -1 -0.5 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -2 -2 -2 -1 +2 -9 -5.5


1. Geology (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2. Landuse(5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +0.5

3. Soil Quality(6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -2 0 +2 -1 -0.6

TOTAL (12) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -2 0 +3 0 -0.1

4.4.4 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY


The impact assessment for ecological environment has been carried out for each operation of proposed

project. The probable impacts on ecological environment have been envisaged mainly due to air & water

pollution potential of project and high noise generation of proposed project. The details are presented in

subsequent table & paragraphs under the current section.


Construction Phase:

During construction phase no considerable impacts has been envisaged as the land acquired is in industrial

zone and well connected with highway networks. However, it has been noticed that minor impacts are likely

to occur due to gaseous emission, particulate emission & noise generation from land preparation activities,

Civil works, mechanical works like fabrication and transportation activity.

These impacts will be restricted to vicinity of project site and temporary. Hence, no major mitigation

measures are anticipated and the impacts would be acceptable with generic measures like sprinkling of

water to prevent dusting, dust curtaining around construction site and restriction on high noise generation

during night time.



Commissioning &Operation Phase:

Major impacts on ecology due to the operation of proposed project are likely to occur because of utility

emission, water & wastewater management activities and hazardous &solid waste management activities

and breakdown & maintenance of control equipment as the project site is situated near forest land. The

major impacts of these activities will occur only due to contamination of other environmental attributes

mainly air, water & soil. Beside of major impacts due to these activities, minor impact will occur on ecology

due to the noise from operation of plant & machineries and transportation activities. Minor beneficial

impacts are likely to occur on ecological status of the area due to greenbelt development activities. The

details of identified impacts are described in details as below:

Due to utility emission impact will occur on ecological environment as secondary impacts due to

environmental contamination caused mainly by pollutant & particulate emissions from project. Such

environmental contamination may have very adverse effects on flora, fauna and ecological habitat. As,

observed by Air Quality Modeling, mainly level of NOx & SO2 will increase considerably due to emissions

of utilities which may have significant impact on local flora & fauna. Hence it is required that all

mitigation measures suggested for control of air pollution are implemented.

Similarly, the emission from process must be controlled by proper collection for use with primary fuel for

TFHs. If the process emission is not controlled it will have significantly major impact on ecology causing

dreadful toxic effects on local fauna & flora.

Wastewater management activities and Hazardous & solid waste management activities are likely to

cause negative impacts in term of contamination of soil due to mixing of heavy load of pollutants, which

may alter many soil quality parameters. The intensity and quantum of such impact may vary depending

on the contents of wastewater & solid/hazardous waste causing the impacts. In normal course of project

operation such impacts will not occur as the company has plan for Zero Discharge Unit by adopting

scheme of 100% recycling /reuse of treated waste water but in event of untreated/poorly treated

effluent or any hazardous/solid waste disposal the impacts would be considerable on receiving

soil/water body resulting in impacts on ecology of the receiving soil/water body.

Significant impacts in term of adverse health effects on fauna and enrichment of toxic content in flora

due to the Hazardous waste management may occur in case of mishap in operation of transportation &

disposal hazardous/solid waste resulting in contamination of soil & air of the mishap or disposal area.

The eventual effects of this may vary depending on the toxic local of the waste being transported or

disposed.

Due to breakdown of control equipment, pollutant will enter in to the environment and it will affect the

flora and fauna of the surrounding habitat.

The plantation in greenbelt may also result in minor beneficial impact on ecology as the plantation may

result in creation of micro habitat which may lead to beneficial impacts in terms of dwelling, resting and

nesting ground for local fauna.


All necessary control & measures for prevention of air pollution due to emissions from utility &

process of the project shall be implemented.

100% recycling/reuse of wastewater after adequate treatment in in-house ETP with RO/MEE.

100% reuse of sewage after adequate treatment in in-house STP.

Properly designed hazardous waste storage area as per statutory requirementand leachate shall be

collected and treated in ETP.



Safety measures & action plan for prevention of spreading of materials being transported shall be

provided in transport vehicles to ensure safety & protection of ecological factors during major

accident.

Safety measures & action plan for control & prevention of hazards associated with the materials &

operation of proposed project shall be provided to ensure safety & protection of ecological factors

during major accident.

Creation &Maintenance of dense greenbelt in and around the company premises covering 33% of

total plot area.




PARAMETERS & ESF La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F C

ON

STR

UC

TIO

N P

HA

SE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)


1. Terrestrial Flora & Fauna (12) -1 -1 -1 -1 -4 -4.8 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 0 +1 -10 -12.0

2. Aquatic Flora & Fauna (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.3

3. Ecological Habitat (10) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -2 0 -1 0 -1 0 +1 -6 -6.0

TOTAL (25) -1 -1 -1 -1 -4 -4.8 -2 -2 -2 -4 -1 -4 -1 -3 0 +2 -17 -18.3


1. Terrestrial Flora & Fauna (12) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 +2 0 0

2. Aquatic Flora & Fauna (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3. Ecological Habitat (10) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 +1 -1 -1.0

TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0 +3 -1 -1.0

4.4.5 SOCIO-ECONOMICS


The impact assessment for socioeconomic environment has been carried out for each operation of proposed

project. For effective identification of impacts of the proposed project significance of probable impacts has

been assessed in very beginning of the task of impact assessment. The details are presented in subsequent

table & paragraphs under the current section.


Construction Phase

As the proposed project is to be developed in notified industrial zone and company has already

acquired industrial land. Hence, issue of impacts on socioeconomic environment due to loss of land

will not occur. Also the construction work, fabrication works and other activities of construction will

not have any considerable adverse impacts on socioeconomic environment.



Minor adverse impacts on public health & safety and public amenities are likely to occur due to

transportation of construction materials. These impacts would be acceptable with generic traffic

management & transportation schedule.

Besides these, minor but considerable beneficial impacts would occur due to temporary direct &

indirect employment of minimum about 200 people for construction phase.

Commissioning & Operation Phase

Moderate considerable adverse impacts would occur on health and safety due to hazards associated

with transportation, accident in material storage, utility emission, untreated wastewater disposal and

increased pollution & hazard potential during breakdown of control equipment.

Significant moderate positive impacts in terms of employment &economic benefit to local public are

anticipated due to the direct & indirect employment potential of the project. About 2000 people will be

directly employed and many other will be indirectly employed due to the project, which will result in

economic improvement of more than 2000 families. Such improvement will also lead to the

improvement in other social indicators like lifestyle, education & health etc. These impacts will be long

term beneficial impacts.

Increase noise level & traffic on local road passing through the residential areas will have impacts on

local people in terms of annoyance due to noise, disturbed sleep, increased travelling time and

annoyance due to heavy traffic.

Increase noise level due to the utilities and machineries operation may have impacts in terms of

annoyance in sleep as well as other noise related health problem like head ache. However such

probability will be less as the noise from the proposed project will have impacts in close vicinity of the

site and there is no residential area within distance of high noise propagation.

CSR activities proposed by company will have minor beneficial impacts on education, socioeconomic

activities, public health & safety and public amenities & services.

b. Mitigation Measures Suggested

Pollution prevention measures for prevention & control of pollution of Air, Water, Land & Noise

Implementation of all hazards and risk prevention & control measures as suggested in Risk Assessment

report

Implementation of all emergency action measures and provision of all emergency equipment as

suggested in Risk Assessment report & Disaster Management & Emergency Action Plan

Prevention of contaminated runoff from proposed project

Safe & well planned raw materials / chemical transportation

Provision of maximum employment from local area

Adequate management of transportation& traffic and maximum transportation through Highways.

Proper public relation to prevent conflicts with local people

Regular CSR activity for Social welfare & upliftment of local people





PARAMETERS & ESF La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F IM

PA

CT

SCO

RE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)


1. Demography (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2. Education (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +0.2

3. Employment & Economy (5) +1 +1 +1 +1 +4 +2.0 +1 +1 +2 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 +5 +2.5

4. Socioeconomic Activities(2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 +1 -1 -0.2

5. Public Health & Safety(5) 0 -1 0 0 -1 -0.5 -1 -2 -2 -2 0 -1 0 -2 0 +1 -9 -4.5

6. Public Amenities & Services(4) 0 -1 0 0 -1 -0.5 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0

TOTAL (20) +1 -1 +1 +1 +2 +1.0 -1 -1 0 -3 0 -1 0 -3 +1 +4 -4 -2.0


1. Demography (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 +1 0 0 0 0 0 +2 +0.8

2. Education (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +0.2

3. Employment & Economy (5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 +2 0 0 +1 0 0 +1 0 +6 +3.0

4. Socioeconomic Activities (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 +1 -2 -0.4

5. Public Health & Safety (5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -3 -1.5

6. Public Amenities & Services (4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.4

TOTAL (20) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 0 +3 0 +1 +1 0 -2 +1 +2 +4 +2.7

4.4.6 IMPACTS ON WORK ENVIRONMENT

The impact assessment for Work environment has been carried out for each operation of proposed project.

For effective identification of impacts of the proposed project significance of probable impacts has been

assessed in very beginning of the task of impact assessment. The details are presented in subsequent table &

paragraphs under the current section.


Construction Phase

Occupational hazards related with machine /equipment operations, working on height, manual lifting &

movement of heavy goods and dusting & high noise in workplace may result in adverse impacts on health &

safety of workers and work place condition. These impacts would be minor and acceptable with generic

measures like sprinkling of water for prevention of dusting, PPEs, construction safety measures and properly

planned execution of works.

Commissioning &Operation Phase

Major impacts due to high noise in the texturizing, weaving& spinning section of manufacturing plant

will have high noise from 80 dB(A) to 100 dB(A), which can severely affect the health of

employee/workers working in this high noise process area. However, to minimize the impacts of these



high noise, proponent has planned to provided sound proof building for housing of the machineries

texturizing, weaving& spinning section and the compulsory provision of highly efficient PPEs.

Significant adverse impacts on health of employee are envisaged due to process emission if not managed

properly. The process emission may contain many toxic materials causing serious health effects, hence it

is suggested to prevent the contamination of workplace due to the process emission.

Transportation, storage & handling of raw materials may cause minor negative impact on employee

health & safety and workplace condition in case of leakage and accident. Any hazards associated with

these activities will also have serious impacts on workplace conditions & health of employees.

Transportation of hazardous waste may cause negative impact in case of leakage and accident on

employee health & safety and workplace condition. Infectious diseases are also likely due to spill/leak of

hazardous wastes in workplace area.

Negative minor short term impacts on health & safety are anticipated due to the injury, health effects

due to unfavorable work place conditions and ergonomic issues related with material handling &

transportation, manufacturing process, maintenance works. Such impacts will occur mainly in terms of

MSD and other injury (cut, burn, irritation eye & respiratory tract etc.) are likely to occur due to lifting or

shifting of heavy goods and equipment. Rotating machineries &sharp edged tools/machinery can cause

serious injury (like cut, fracture of bone, crushing of hand etc.) to the employee engaged in operation of

the machinery.

Minor negative short term impacts on health & safety are anticipated due to unmanaged disposal or

released or spill or leakage of wastewater and hazardous waste.

Due to release of pollutant in work place during utility operation as well breakdown of equipment cause

negative impacts on health & safety may occur in terms of major health effects like saponification fat of

cell, lung injury & burns of the upper airway, chest pain, cough and bronchospasm, conjunctival irritation

and chemosis, corneal epithelial defects, permanent vision loss etc.


During Operation Phase



Adequate measures for prevention of workplace air contamination due to the emission from process &

utilities.

Highly efficient PPEs for spinning, texturizing & weaving sections to prevent adverse effect on hearing

capability of employee engaged in these areas. Sound proofing of these areas shall also be ensured.



Chemical safety plan shall be prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine operation of the

plant.

RA study for the proposed project shall be conducted & all necessary hazard/risk control/prevention

measures shall be implemented before erection & commissioning of plant.

All fittings in area having flammable materials shall be flameproof and all necessary fire-fighting facilities

shall be ensured in this area.


All necessary PPEs, Safety & emergency equipment for all concern employee in all areas

Disaster management plan shall be prepared & all necessary arrangement for emergency action plan

shall be provided well before commissioning of plant.



Regular occupational health check program shall be conducted. Pre-employment & Annual post-

employment health check-up of all employee shall be done. Health check of affected employee shall be

done when any employee is significantly exposed to hazardous material.



PARAMETERS La

nd

Acq

uis

itio

n &

Pre

par

atio

n

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Civ

il W

ork

s

Fab

rica

tio

n, E

lect

rica

l & O

ther

En

gin

eeri

ng

Wo

rks

TOTA

L O

F C

ON

STR

UC

TIO

N P

HA

SE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (I

OS)

Tran

spo

rtat

ion

Act

ivit

ies

Mat

eria

l Sto

rage

& H

and

ling

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g P

roce

ss

Uti

lity

Op

erat

ion

s

Op

erat

ion

of

Pla

nt

Mac

hin

erie

s/ E

qu

ipm

ent

Wat

er &

was

tew

ater

Man

age

men

t A

ctiv

itie

s

Haz

ard

ou

s &

So

lid W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Act

ivit

ies

Bre

akd

ow

n &

Mai

nte

nan

ce o

f C

on

tro

l Eq

uip

men

t

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e &

Do

me

stic

Act

ivit

ies

Gre

enb

elt

Dev

elo

pm

ent

& C

SR

TOTA

L O

F O

PER

ATI

ON

PH

ASE

OV

ERA

LL IM

PA

CT

SIG

NIF

ICA

NC

E (O

IS)


1. Occupational Health & safety (3) -1 -1 -1 -1 -4 -1.2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2 0 0 -12 -3.6

2. Work Place Condition (2) -1 0 -1 -1 -3 -0.6 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 0 -12 -2.4

TOTAL (5) -2 -1 -2 -2 -7 -1.8 -2 -3 -4 -4 -2 -2 -2 -4 -1 0 -24 -6.0


1. Occupational Health & safety (4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 0 -2 0 +1 -3 -1.2

2. Work Place Condition (4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 0 +1 -1 -0.4

TOTAL (5) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 0 -4 0 +1 -6 -1.6

4.4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO HAZARDOUS /NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

As described in earlier, the assessment of significance of impacts of hazardous/non-hazardous waste management is already considered in earlier sections of Air, water, Land, Socioeconomic & work environments. As described in those sections, the hazardous/non-hazardous waste will have minor to major impacts on various attributes of environment. The highlighted moderate to major impacts of hazardous/non-hazardous waste management are presented below.

The hazardous waste generated from process & event of accident in unit as well as used oil will have many adverse impacts depending on the chemical constituents of the waste. Such waste upon mixing with soil & water may contaminate soil and water. If any person exposed to such toxic waste beyond tolerable limit may get serious health effects. The volatile content of this waste can contaminate air of the area where the waste is stored or dumped.

The ETP waste including residue from MEE may contain many toxic organic load as well as other constituent which may contaminate water, soil and air upon release/mixing. Disposal of the ETP waste & MEE residue in area other than TSDF may lead to considerable impacts on environment due to air, water, land contamination and also cause serious negative effects on ecological factors and human health upon exposure to it.

Empty drums/barrels/liner of hazardous materials can contaminate air up on release of the residual volatile materials in these containers. Such contamination of air may badly affect the human health as well as other living beings. The decontamination wastewater if disposed off without treatment may contaminate soil if disposed on land or water if disposed off in water bodies/land.

Fire in the hazardous waste storage area or transport vehicles may lead to the contamination of air which in turn results on impacts on ecology & land environment as well as socioeconomic environment.

The non-hazardous wastes (waste yarn) will not have any impact on environment.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-05: Analysis of Alternatives (QCI-NABET Accredited) 5-1

CHAPTER: 05 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1. GENERAL

The analysis of alternative technology and site is an important tool for the selecting the best of the

technologies and project location.

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the proposed locating for suitability for basic necessities to

operate the plant safely, this analysis also covers the environmental aspect of pollution prevention and

improvement in quality of life nearby the project vicinity.

The project alternative (Technology & Site) is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the

same purpose, but which would avoid or minimize negative impacts and enhance project benefits.

Such projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or mitigated by adherence to certain

predetermined performance standards, guidelines or design criteria. Alternative approaches may therefore

be more effective in integrating environmental and social concerns into the project planning process.

5.2. SITE SELECTION



& PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production. The proposed project involves the production of

Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000 TPA, various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @


/Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed product line also includes Winding Of

Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/

Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Colour Master Batch Chips / granules@9000 TPA. The site has been

preferred in UT of D&NH considering the proximity of existing unit as well as necessary infrastructure as

mentioned below.

Industrial Zone D&NH is having the infrastructure facilities, Land, water sources, transportation facilities, power requirement and CETP,GEPIL, TSDF facility etc.

Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials, road network etc.

The nearest town Silvassa is at 13.00Kms (N) away from the project site.

Nearest Railway station is Sanjan- 18.90 Km W.

Mumbai International Airport of is 117 KMs (S) km away.

Good communication and transportation facilities.

No R&R will be required. Further, the site is also selected considering the need of the huge human resource, adequate land area,

availability of adequate water resources etc. the details of other considered industrial areas and selected

area are presented below. The score for each parameter has been given out of Ten (10) based on availability

& condition of the Infrastructure as well as Economic benefit to company & local area. Suitability rank has

been decided based on total score of 70 for each area.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-05: Analysis of Alternatives (QCI-NABET Accredited) 5-2

Table 5.1: Analysis of Alternative Industrial Area considered

Sr. No.

Considered Area

Infrastructure Availability & condition Economic Benefit

Total Score Suitability Rank

Land Power Supply

Water Transport & Traffic

Human Resource

Company Local Area

1. Dadra 4 6 5 4 7 6 6 38; 54.29% 4

2. Piparia 2 6 5 4 7 6 6 36; 51.43% 5

3. Kharadpada 7 6 7 5 7 6 8 46; 65.71% 3

4. Masat 6 6 7 5 7 9 8 48; 68.57% 2

5. Velugam 9 7 9 8 10 8 10 61; 87.14% 1

Based on the above analysis three areas (Kharadpada, Masat & Velugam) were considered for final selection

of site for proposed project. The land availability in industrial zone of Kharadpada & Masat are enough but

not in a single chunk, whereas the land at Velugam is available in a single chunk. Further, the high traffic in

the area of Masat & Kharadpada can create many issues for company & local people due to increased traffic

due to proposed project. Velugam is connected with National Highway by many approach routes having

negligible traffic. Also the water& power availability condition at Masat & Kharadpada is not good enough

due to competitive users of canal water in the region which is considerably better in Velugam. In Velugam

canal water availability is more than adequate to cater the demand of water for proposed project. Human

resource in Velugam is available in the local areas as the area has not significant availability of employment

potential and numbers of family are in need of employment. Finally, the Velugam has high ecological benefit

to company at Masat which is almost similar at Velugam whereas very high economic benefit to the local

area is anticipated at Velugam. Hence, considering the availability of land in single chunk & other merits of

the Velugam area, Site in industrial zone of Velugam has been selected for the proposed project.

5.3. ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

The technology proposed by M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., for manufacturing of Manmade Fiber other

than Rayon (Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules through continuous polymerisations, various types

of Synthetic Filament Yarn and various other types of manmade fibres like Texturized Yarn/Twisted

Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. The Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular

Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics and Color Master Batch

Chips / granules.) is one of the well-established and proven technologies available in the market. The

accuracy and operability of the processes are judged to be proven based on consistency of production,

specification of products, safety as well as environmental advantages. Hence, no alternative technology has

been analyzed.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-06: Environmental monitoring program (QCI-NABET Accredited) 6-1

CHAPTER: 06 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 GENERAL

The post Environmental Clearance, environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track

on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to prevent

impacts associated with various operations of the project. Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and

systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of

the effects of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring is undertaken primarily to

determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase understanding of

cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental change. Thus, environmental

monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work activities; and identification of potential

non-compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that

of control of pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. has proposed a new manufacturing unit of Manmade Fiber and allied

products. As the project requires obtaining prior environmental clearance, present EIA study has been

conducted as per provision of SO 1533 (as timely amended). As described in Chapter-4, there would some

minor impacts on environment due to the operation of proposed project. Considering the probabilities of

impacts on environment, detailed impacts evaluation study has been conducted as presented in earlier

chapter. Based on the predicted & assessed impacts as well as the baseline environmental status of the

project area, present environmental monitoring plan has been designed, suggested & planned for

implementation as post project environmental monitoring program as described below in subsequent

sections under respective headings.

6.1.1 OBJECTIVE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

As described in earlier chapter, the proposed project will have only acceptable minor impacts due to utility

emission, wastewater disposal and particulate contamination of workplace air due to fugitive & process

emission. Noise & vibration generation will not a major issue as the noise level outside of source area will

always remain well below the stipulated standard & limits prescribed by CPCB/PCC and NIOSH/OSHA.

Necessary mitigation has been suggested by EIA team and all major points have been covered in EMP for

prevention, control & mitigation of these probable impacts.

For regular tracking of the effectiveness of mitigation measures & EMP at specific interval, regular

monitoring of the necessary environmental parameters is required to keep the records updated for review

and revision of EMP as & when required. With this vision, the present environment monitoring program has

been prepared with due consideration of the baseline status of the project area, various components of

project & environmental attributes likely to be affected.

The Environmental Monitoring Program has been scheduled for the following major objectives:

To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of EC,

NOC and CC&A

To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules

Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project

operation/activities.



Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan & implementation of

mitigation measures planned.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures; if & as required

The environmental monitoring program designed with the above objective and understandings have been

described in the present chapter in subsequent sections under respective heading. M/s. Beekaylon

Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. shall implement the environment monitoring programs in line with the planned

schedule. The company shall ensure that the necessary requisite & facilities are made available and

necessary arrangement including budgetary provision has been made as & when required to ensure regular

efficient environmental monitoring activities.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise and occupational

health & safety. Regular monitoring will be carried out by MoEF&CC Recognized/ NABL approved laboratory

as per the need after the commissioning of proposed project.

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by MoEF&CC/CPCB. The

method followed shall be recommended / standard method approved/ recommended by MoEF&CC/CPCB.

List of preferred method of sampling/ monitoring and analysis of environmental samples in provided in the

Annexure- II of EIA Report.

For monitoring of workplace area methods suggested / published by NIOSH or any other authorities shall be

adopted.

The sampling/monitoring points/location, frequency& responsibility, parameter mentioned as following:

Table 6.1: Details of the Environmental Monitoring program

Sr. No.

Type of Monitoring

Location of Monitoring station

Frequency of sampling &

Responsibility

Duration of Sampling

Parameters to be test

1. Ambient Air 2 place within the plant premises (1 in downwind direction at between 500 m. & 1 km distance from plant boundary.)

Monthly- In-house lab. or External MoEF & CC recognized lab

24 hrs PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, VOC

2. Work Place Monitoring

Production Block, Godown


8 hrs PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, VOC,

Temperature, Humidity, Light &

Noise

3. Stationary Emission

Boilers, TFHs and D.G. Sets


-- PM, SO2, NOX, CO for all stack and VOC for

TFHs as additional parameter

4. Ambient Noise

At all high noise generating sources; (DG

Monthly- In-house lab.

At least 1 hr. continuous

Equivalent Noise Level - dB (A)



Sr. No.

Type of Monitoring

Location of Monitoring station

Frequency of sampling &

Responsibility

Duration of Sampling

Parameters to be test

set, Boilers, Production machineries in spinning-

weaving-texturizing, other machineries,

Blowers, Compressors etc.)

and at different areas within premises (Spinning area,

texturizing area & weaving area

Production, Storage & transportation area,

Administrative & security area, STP, ETP

etc.)

or External MoEF & CC recognized

lab

5. Treated waste water for Reuse

From ETP & STP- Untreated (Inlet) and

Treated (outlet) wastewater

Daily- In-house lab.

Monthly- External MoEF &

CC recognized lab

-- Parameters as per norms prescribed by

UTPCC (D&NH).

6. Surface Soil 2 locations from storage & greenbelt area,

Quarterly - External MoEF &

CC recognized lab

-- pH, EC, Moisture, Organic matter, Total

N, P, K, SO4-2, Cl-,

Ca+2, Mg+2 & Na+

7. Greenbelt/ Vegetation Cover

Greenbelt Areas developed by Company

Throughout Year at regular interval: In House by EHS Executive & other EMC members

-- Number of plantation (Units), Number of

Survived Plants/Trees,

Number of Poor Plant/Trees, Survival & Replantation Rate

8. Employee Medical/Health Checkup:

Whole Unit Yearly- Through Approved Medical Officer & Doctor as per OHS Plan

As per statutory provision & requirement

9. Social Aspects:

Project Area Throughout year- by welfare officer or Designated person.

Employee social status and issues, Disbursement of fund for CSR, as per requirement of the local area informed by local people.

All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes.



Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the

implementation status

Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has been corrected.

Suitably responds to emergency situations

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified

staff has been appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. All

necessary facilities are provided to ensure full proof wastewater treatment.

6.3 DOCUMENTATION & REPORTING

The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the monitoring.

Separate records for water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, soil &noise shall be prepared and

preserved regularly.

Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned schedule, report shall be done &

necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern person.

Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate documents as SOP (standard

Operating Procedure) wherever required.

The records showing results/outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the requirement

of the schedule mentioned above.

Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring

plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary actions of environmental

management cell.

Environmental statements &/or performance report/compliance report/audit report as per conditions of EC,

CTE and CC&A shall be prepared and submitted to the concern authority as per the guidelines provided by

the authorities within the stipulated timeframe. CTE, CC&A and other statutory permission (as required)

must be obtained & renewed timely as per legal provision & guidelines. Similarly, all necessary report &

forms shall be prepared and submitted to the concerned authority as per the statutory requirement of

Environmental Acts/rules, Factory Act & MSIHC rules. Reporting of accident & other requirements shall be

made in prescribed format well within stipulated time frame as per statutory requirements & guidelines.

As per the requirements of UTPCC, documentation and report shall be done as below on regular basis.

To obtain Consent to Operate (CC&A) renewal under the Water Act – 1974, Air Act – 1981 &

Authorization under Hazardous Waste (M, H & T) Rules, 2016.

To submit the Environmental Audit Statement (Form V) for the previous year.

To file regular annual return as per Hazardous Waste (M, H & T) Rules, 2016

To submit required justifiable reply against observation made by UT PCC & Other Authority during

the inspection, as and when required.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-07: Additional Studies (QCI-NABET Accredited) 7-1

CHAPTER: 07

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1. GENERAL

As per the provision of EIA Notification - SO 1533 (as amended time to time), additional studies are the vital

component of EIA especially when specific additional study is awarded as approved TOR condition by the

concerned authority EAC or SEAC during the scoping for EIA. This section / chapter of additional studies of

EIA report comprises mainly the Risk Assessment, Public Participation and Social Studies for R&R plan as per

the generic structure of EIA report as mentioned in the SO 1533.

In case of the present EIA study for proposed project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. at Velugam, Risk

Assessment Study as additional study has been given as condition in awarded TOR, which needs to be

included in the EIA study & report. The Risk Assessment Study for the upcoming project has been conducted

by Risk Assessment expert of the EIA team. In addition to the RA Report, Disaster & Emergency management

plan is also prepared by expert.

The Public hearing is not applicable to our project as the proposed project is to be developed within the

Notified Industrial Zone/Estate, established before 2006. Similarly, Social Studies for R&R plan have not

being conducted for the proposed project as the unit is situated within notified industrial zone of D&NH and

no additional land outside the industrial estate is required; and hence Rehabilitation & Resettlement is not

required.

The details regarding the additional studies have been described below under respective heading with

reference to relevant Annexure of present EIA report.

7.2. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per statutory requirements, Public consultation is not applicable to the proposed project as the project is

to be developed in the premises situated within the notified industrial zone of Velugam, UT of D&NH which

is established before 2006 (Ref. OM Dated 10/12/2014). Therefore, Public hearing is not required for the

proposed project and hence, public hearing is not conducted.

7.3. RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT

The Risk Assessment Study for the proposed project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. at Velugam has

been conducted by Risk Assessment & Hazard Management functional area expert (RH FAE) of EIA Team.

The risk assessment has been carried out with consideration of some probable worst case scenarios of

flammable hazards & Toxic hazards of the project. The major hazards are noticed due to be associated with

one hazardous chemical (Monoethylene Glycol) & fire hazard in Diesel & FO storage area which can have

worst case scenarios of fire & explosion as well as dispersion of toxic vapour & flammable cloud. Thus with

such probabilities & considerations of hazards & risk, Risk Assessment Study has been carried out by

proponent as pre-project conceptual RA study. The Disaster & Onsite Emergency Management plan has also

been prepared as a part of RA study report. The whole Risk Assessment Report along with onsite emergency

plan has been enclosed herewith the EIA report as Annexure- V

7.4. SOCIAL STUDY AND R&R ACTION PLAN

The proposed project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. is to be setup in the notified industrial zone at

Velugam of U.T. of D&NH. Hence the proposed project does not require any public land for the project.

Therefore, issue of displacement of any population or public facility/utility or property does not arise for the

proposed project. Considering this, social study for R&R plan has not been conducted because there will not

be any requirement of Resettlement & Rehabilitation actions for setting up the proposed project.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-08: Project benefits (QCI-NABET Accredited) 8-1

CHAPTER: 08 PROJECT BENIFITS

8.1. IMPROVEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURES

Project benefit focus on those points which will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in

terms of infrastructural development, Social development, employment and other tangible benefits due to

project. Proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semiskilled and unskilled employees

during construction phase as well as operational phase.

Proposed project of M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. is a new manufacturing unit which will be engaged in

manufacturing of Manmade Fiber other than Rayon and allied products like Polyester granule & fabrics. The

proposed project will be within the Industrial zone at Velugam of UT of D&NH. The proposed project site is

well linked with national highway and is situated in the area of Industrial zone having all required

infrastructures. Therefore infrastructural development because of proposed project will not be major, but

considerable improvement in public infrastructure due to CSR is anticipated.

8.2. EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The employment opportunity of the project is envisaged to be higher for both skilled and unskilled person as

well as direct & indirect employment from nearby area. Direct employment as well as indirect employment

due to ancillary services will be given to the local people and thereby the socio-economic status of the local

people will be improved. The proposed peak manpower requirement during construction and

commissioning would be around 200 persons. Besides, for operation of the proposed project about 1353 will

be employed from local area which will be beneficial to employment structure of local area as maximum

recruitments will be done from local area.

Further, the indirect employment via contractual works, transportation activities & local economic activities

like food stall and other shops will also add in the employment potential of the proposed project. Thus the

potential of employment will be considerably beneficial to the local people.

8.3. OTHER TANGIBLE & INTANGIBLE BENEFITS

As mentioned earlier sections, the proposed project is to be setup for production of synthetic filament yarns

which are the materials of good market potentials. These products of company will have winning

competition with other producer or open market supply. Considering this, company can have good share in

state’s & country’s economic status. Also the development of industrial unit in the vacant plot of a Notified

industrial zone of D&NH will significantly beneficial to the local industrial development.

Recruitment of from the local area will have the economic growth of more than 1500 families of local area

and hence economic growth of the area in terms of consumption of goods and market-growth are expected

outcome of employment potential the project.

The general social development of the area, at least in restricted sense of the term-CSR, is expected due to

the improvement in infrastructure and public facilities. This will have impact on the current literacy level,

primary and middle level education and on exiting health facilities. A new awareness generated will have

positive impact on the social pattern, which at this stage, is caste and community oriented. The long-term

implications of this change are definitely progressive.

Moreover these, important benefits to the ecological quality of the region would occur due to the

plantation, awareness programs for wild life protection & forest conservation as well as financial aid for

institutional activities for wildlife protection & development of nearby wild life sanctuary. Proponent has

planned to step ahead for these activities in consultation with local forest department, community and non-

profit organisation working on wild life protection and forest development & conservation


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-09: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (QCI-NABET Accredited) 9-1

CHAPTER: 09 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if it

is recommended at the Scoping stage.

As per the ToRs awarded by MoEF, New Delhi vide TOR Letter No. IA-J-11011/493/2017-IA II (I) dated

16/11/2017 for the proposed project; the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence

has not been prepared.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-10: Environmental management plan (QCI-NABET Accredited) 10-1

CHAPTER: 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. GENERAL



& PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production. The proposed project involves the production of

Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000 TPA, various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @


/Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed product line also includes Winding of

Yarn/Heat Setting of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/

Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Colour Master Batch Chips / granules @ 9000 TPA.The proposed project

being manufacturing of “Manmade fiber Synthetic Filament yarn“ falls under Category-B (Considered at

central level due to applicability of GC). In line with the provisions of SO 1533, company has conducted the

EIA study through the NABET accredited consultant –Unistar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi

with respect to the awarded TOR as described in earlier chapter.

A detailed impacts identification, prediction and assessment study has been conducted as described in

earlier chapter - 4. The EIA team cited some necessary mitigation measures for the major impacts identified

for proposed project. Considering those mitigation measures and requirements to prevent &/or

control/minimize the probable major impacts, the present Environmental Management Plan for the

proposed project has been prepared as a part of the EIA report as per the requirement cited in EIA

Notification-SO 1533 (as amended timely). The detailed descriptions of the formulated EMP, as finalized by

the FAEs under guidance of EIA coordinator have been presented in the present chapter under subsequent

section with respective heading.

10.1.1. Environmental Policy:

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd. (BSPL) is committed to protect & conserve environment by preventing

environmental impact of its activities.

The key points of its strategy to achieve this are:

BSPL will always prefer to adopt recovery, recycling & reuse of resources including chemicals and

water

BSPL is committed to reduce the wastes by evaluating operations and ensuring they are as efficient

as possible.

BSPL will always conform to relevant environmental legislations & standards and prepare &

implement the environmental management system to report any non-conformity, violation &

infringement.

BSPL will measure its impact on the environment through regular environmental monitoring

program and set targets for ongoing improvement.

BSPL will always ensure to report its non-conformity, environmental performance to the

stakeholders and concern authority/party

BSPL will implement a training program for its staff to raise awareness of environmental issues and

enlist their support in improving the Company's performance.



10.1.2. OBJECTIVE:

Primary objectives of this EMP are to provide an environmental management manual for use by

management & staff involved in the operations of the company and to provide information to regulatory

authorities regarding the environmental management practices that will be implemented throughout the life

of the project. The EMP has following secondary objectives:

To describe mitigation measures that will be applied during all the phases of the project;

To identify the policies and principles that are to be put in to the place to ensure that the proposed

mitigation measures are effectively implemented including managerial arrangement that will be applied in

the event that the mitigation measures prove ineffective or unforeseen environmental impacts arise;

To describe the environmental monitoring programs that will be implemented to verify and manage

predicted effects, confirm performance of mitigation measures and improve environmental protection

strategies of company to describe resources that will be made available to implement the recommendation

of the EIA including staffing and training requirements to describe the arrangement that will be put in place

for consultation & participation of interested & affected parties during project operations.

10.1.3. PURPOSE

The present EMP provides and outline of the EMP, as well as brief description of the project and summary of

the applicable regulations. The purpose of this document is to describe the structure of the EMP and to

provide a guideline for completing it as the project progresses. Also, the purpose of this EMP is to provide

necessary documented procedures for requirements cited for necessary legal/Statutory

clearances/Consents/Licensing/Permission especially Environmental Clearance as per Environmental

Protection Act & EIA Notification-SO 1533 (as amended timely) and CC&A under Air & Water Acts (As

amended time to time). The EMP is intended to be a working document during the tenures of various

operations of the project and as such will require periodic review and update.

10.1.4. SCOPE

The present EMP is prepared for only the impacts identified during the present EIA study and it does not

cover EMP for the unforeseen impacts. It covers mainly aspects that are relevant for the major impacts

causing activities of operation phase as identified in the earlier chapter-4. The present EMP covers the

detailed EMP for construction phase as no major considerable impacts has been identified for the project

construction phase. However, generic action plan for environmental protection during construction phase

has been outlined to provide guideline to the proponent for environmental protection during the phase. The

EMP is a subordinate document to the present EIA report. The present EMP is valid for the one year of

operation of the proposed project after that necessary review &updating in the present EMP will be required

to address unforeseen impacts and non-conformities.

10.2. BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The company has made capital provision of Rs. 1000 Lakhs for the environment management system.

Company has also made provision of recurring cost @166 Lakhs /Annum for EMS. The details of these

budgetary provisions are presented below.



Table No. 10.1 Budgetary Provision for EMS

Sr.

No.

Particulars Proposed

Amount

(In Lakhs)

Capital Cost

1 Air Pollution Control & Noise pollution control 225.00

2 Water & Wastewater Management 564.00

3 Solid /Hazardous Waste Management 31.00

4 Greenbelt & Ecological Conservation & Protection 30.00

5 Occupational Health & Safety 150.00

TOTAL 1000.00

Recurring Cost

1 Water and Wastewater Management 48.30

2 Air Pollution and Noise Control 7.60

3 Solid/Hazardous Waste Management 1.85

4 Occupational Health & Safety 5.75

5 Greenbelt, soil & Ecological Conservation & Protection 2.50

6 CSR 100.00

TOTAL 166.00

10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

The company has already formulated the environment management cell with vision to improve the

efficiency of environmental actions and to operate the planned EMP requirements as suggested in the

present chapter. Environmental Management Cell has been formed for efficient & easy operation of

environment management system & operations thereof. The illustrative presentation of the suggestive EMC

is presented below in Fig- 10.1.

As indicated in organogram, the Managing Director of the company will lead the EMS as head of the

Environmental Management Cell. Managing Director will be assisted by Plant In-charge for day to day

activities of EMC. Plant In-charge will guide the subordinate staff members- Environment & safety Manager,

Medical Officer & PRO/ Welfare officer for necessary action plan & activities of environmental management

plan. PRO will look after the issues related with government offices, public and other stakeholders for

necessary operation including statutory proceedings. Environment & safety officer will look after the

technical operations including environmental monitoring and efficient operations & maintenance of

pollution control equipment/machineries and safety related matters etc. The Lab in charge will look after the

operations of in-house monitoring & analysis of environmental samples. Approved environmental

laboratory/consultant will also be appointed for the operations related with third party environmental

monitoring, environmental audit (as & when required) and other techno-legal environmental services. The

Operators will look after the plant level operations including ETP operation, APCD Operation, Process and

Utility operations to ensure that all instructions & action plans issued by superior authorities are efficiently

followed & implemented to prevent environmental pollution & operational hazards. Primarily the

Environment & safety manager will be responsible for all technical non-conformities of EMS and he/she is

responsible to prepare necessary documents & report for day to day compliance to stipulated EC/ NOC/

CC&A Conditions as well as other statutory & voluntary requirements.



All necessary standard operating procedures for technical matters of EMP will be prepared by Environment

& Safety Manager whereas the standard operating procedures administrative operation will be prepared by

PRO. The standard operating procedures will be prepared well before the inception of operation phase of

the project and the Plant In-charge will check these SOPs. After necessary corrections, Plant In-charge will

forward these SOP to the Managing Director for approval and approved SOP will be controlled by

responsible personnel. The approved copy of these SOP will be issued to concerned personnel for day to day

operations.

Up on citation of any non-conformities/non-compliance in EMP and related operations, Environment &

safety Manager/PRO will immediately report to the Plant In-charge with necessary report/document. The

Plant In-charge then will call up a meeting on urgent basis and will issue an action plan to close the non-

compliance/non-conformity. If the issue of non-conformities/non-compliance is cited to be serious or major,

Plant In-charge will consult Managing Director of the company and according to the instruction of the

Managing Director, further action plan will be issued by Plant In-charge to all members of EMC. The

environment & safety manager /PRO by help of other personnel of EMC and company will start operation to

resolve the issue of non-conformities/non-compliance and he/she will regularly update the Plant In-charge

for the current status. Similarly Plant In-charge will give instruction to PRO for necessary actions required to

be initiated at administrative level including necessary proceeding with other organization, govt. offices &

public etc. All official declaration about the non-conformities will be made by the Managing Director. Such

declaration can also be made by Plant In-charge after authorization by the Managing Director. Whenever

required information or report of non-conformities will be submitted or issued to govt. offices or public by

PRO in line with the necessary instructions given by Plant In-charge.

Figure: 10.1: Environment & Safety Management Cell

Responsibility of ESMC Members

Managing Director:

Overall responsibility for environmental & safety performance of the Company as well as for EMP &

safety Plan implementation

Decision-maker on applicable policies & legal requirements to the Company

Managing Director

Plant In-charge

Approved Consultant,

Lab & Auditor

Helpers

Operators

Helpers

Chemist

Environment& Safety Manager Medical Officer Welfare Officer



Review reports of the Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant

Approves changes to the EMP & safety Plan, as necessary, as part of an adaptive approach to

environmental & safety management of the Company

Approval of financial budget for EMP & Safety Plan

Ensures all resources including human resources, mechanical facilities, Plants & technologies etc.

required for environment & safety are made available

Responsible for working & communicating with stakeholders

Plant In-charge:

Develop an environmental unit, headed by the Manager Production to implement EMP & Safety Plan

Check the EMP & Safety Plan Prepared by Environment & Safety Manager

Management, implementation, monitoring and compliance of the EMP & Safety Plan and conditions

of all legal clearances including compliance with applicable legislative act & rules etc.

Supervision & performance monitoring of all staff, contractors and subcontractors

Review of EMP & safety Plan performance and implementation of correction actions, or stop work

procedures, in the event of breaches of EMP & safety Plan conditions, that may lead to serious

impacts on local communities, or affect the reputation of the project


required for environment & safety are made available

Ensuring timely action for necessary maintenance of resources (like safety & emergency equipment,

machineries, equipment, technologies, plant etc.) required for EMP & safety performance as part of

an overall commitment to continuous improvement

Checking of draft financial budget for EMP & Safety Plan and submitting final budget for EMP &

Safety plan to Managing Director

Ensure effective communication and dissemination of the content and requirements of the EMP &

safety Plan to staff, contractors and subcontractors

Assisting the Staff & contractor with implementation of EMP & safety Plan and sub-plans

Monitoring of Environmental & safety performance

Ensure safety at all stages of works with special emphasis on high hazard areas

Report environmental & safety performance of the company directly to Managing Director& concern

authorities

Prepare environmental & safety reports summarizing project activities and representing the project

at different meetings as required

Ensuring effective community liaison and fulfilling commitments to facilitate public consultation

throughout the project cycle

Environment & Safety Manager

Preparation and implementation of the Environmental Management Plan & Procedures

Preparation and implementation of the Safety Plan & Procedures

Preparation and implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan, Procedures & Schedule

Supervision of staff & contractor performance of implementation of the Environment Management

Plan & Safety Plan

Reporting any incidents or non-compliance with the EMP & Safety to the Plant In-charge

Ensuring adequate training and education of all staff & contractors involved in project operations


required for environment & safety are functioning efficiently



Ensure that all personnel and subcontractors are informed of the intent of the EMP and are made

aware of the required measures for environmental compliance and performance

Making recommendations to the Plant In-charge regarding EMP & safety performance as part of an

overall commitment to continuous improvement

Informing the Plant In-charge regarding necessary requirements & maintenance of resources (like

safety & emergency equipment, machineries, equipment, technologies, plant etc.) required for EMP

& safety performance

Preparation of draft financial budget for EMP & Safety Plan

Arrange human resources as directed by Plant In-charge for implementation of EMP & safety Plan

Inform Plant In-charge about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed performance in EMP &

safety observed in administrative actions

Perform various tasks like Public relations, liaison and communications as directed by Plant In-

charge.

Assist other team members to prepare records and data as required for assessment of EMP & safety

performance

Chemist

Implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan & schedule for various required monitoring

works as directed by Environment & safety Manager

Guiding concern authority for environmental compliance in line with the obtained environmental

monitoring reports/results.

Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting data for submission to the Environment &

safety Manager

During work, maintain safety at all stages of work with special emphasis on high hazard areas

Informing the Environment & Safety Manager regarding requirement of resources (like chemicals,

tools, equipment, instruments, machineries, etc.) required for EMP & safety performance

Operator

Implementation of the Environmental Management Plan & procedures for Plant Operations (ETP &

APCD) as directed by Environment Manager

Ensure that all personnel and subcontractors working under or with him/her are informed of the

intent of the EMP and are made aware of the required measures for environmental compliance and

performance

Inform Environment Manager about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed performance in

EMP

Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting data for submission to the Environment

Manager


Informing the Environment & Safety Manager regarding requirement of resources (like chemicals,

tools, equipment, instruments, machineries, etc.) and requirement of necessary maintenance works

required for EMP & safety performance.

Helpers

Implementation of the Environmental Management Plan & procedures for various

operations/activities assigned to them as directed by Environment Manager

Inform operator & Environment Manager about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed

performance in EMP



Assist superior as required to prepare records and data as required for assessment of EMP & safety

performance


Medical Officer (Empaneled)

Implementation of the Medical & Health related plans & procedures required for Environmental &

Safety Management as directed by Plant In-charge

Inform Plant In-charge about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed performance in EMP &

safety

Assist other team members to prepare records and data as required for assessment of EMP & safety

performance


Welfare Officer

Implementation of the plans & procedures required for EMP for Socioeconomic environment

including CSR as directed by Plant In-charge

Inform Plant In-charge about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed performance in EMP for

socioeconomic environment including public safety& CSR

Assist other team members to prepare records and data as required for assessment of EMP &

DMP/EMP

Maintain all necessary documents & records related with socioeconomic environment, CSR as well

as Public safety & conflict related issues at all stages of work with special emphasis on high hazard

areas

Communication of project information as and when required as per direct of plant in-charge.

Contractors

Implementation of the Environmental Management Plan for contract work as directed by

Environment Manager

Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting data as stipulated by the EMP, for

submission to the Environment Manager

Ensure that all personnel and subcontractors working for him/her are informed of the intent of the

EMP and are made aware of the required measures for environmental compliance and performance

Inform Environment Manager about any issue of non-compliance and obstructed performance in

EMP


Environmental Consultant

Report to Plant In charge & managing Director and other concern party on project compliance with

environmental and commitments in the EMP & EIA and other applicable standards

Prepare various documents & records to meet the requirement of environmental service works

awarded

10.4. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.4.1. AIR QUALITY AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

Considered Aspects and Major Impacts

Air quality changes due to emission resulted from Land preparation works, civil works, fabrication



Air quality changes due to emission resulted from process of CP plant, utilities operations

Transportation, storage & handling of raw materials causing impacts due to fire hazard in terms of toxic

contamination of air quality of the affected area

Toxic contamination due to emissions caused by Major hazards associated with utility operation

EMP for Air Pollution Prevention:

Managing Director& plant In-charge shall ensure that:

o Provision of waste gas collection system and transfer system for combustion in TFHs with

primary fuel has been made prior to inception of commissioning of plant.

o Provision of properly designed PTA & MEG storage area with all necessary safety & emission

prevention measures has been made prior to inception of commissioning of plant.

o All Stacks (with sampling/monitoring port, adequate internal diameter @top and adequate

height) mentioned & recommended in earlier chapter 2 & 4 of the present EIA report has been

provided well during construction phase prior to commissioning of plant to prevention & control

the pollution due to stationary emission during commissioning & operation phase.

o PTA & MEG storage system/area, process gas management system & all stacks are in good

condition throughout the life of the project starting from the commissioning of the production

unit.

o Regular inspection & maintenance/modification of stacks as required are done throughout the

life of the project starting from the commissioning of the production unit.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, properly planned well-ventilated area is designated & provided

for in the factory shed for storage of raw materials and process

o Ventilation facilities in the all storage areas & process area in good condition throughout the life

of the project starting from the commissioning of the production unit.

o Proper & adequate handling facilities & procedures have been provided to prevent

fugitive emission from handling of all materials & wastes of the project.

o Properly formulated & timely updated procedures (including necessary/required SOPs) and

action plan for all pollutant emitting activities & sources for prevention of

pollution/contamination of work place air & ambient air of surrounding area have been

prepared & implemented by Environment & safety Manager.

Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager also shall ensure that all other

mitigation measures as mentioned below are implemented and are followed efficiently throughout the

project life starting from commissioning of plant.

o During construction phase, transportation in covered/closed vehicles, dust curtain & barricade

around site of civil works and water sprinkling on bare land in the site.

o Allvehicles, machineries & equipment used during construction are properly tuned and

maintained to minimise emissions to prevent air pollution

o Use of low sulphur FO as fuel with adequate AFR in all boilers & TFHs

o Installation of DG sets confirming applicable statutory norms for emissions & noise

o Waste gas from CP plant is efficiently collected without leak & transferred to TFHs for

combustion @1200 Deg Celsius by injecting the gas on burner flame.

o Transportation, handling & storage of the materials shall be done as per statutory requirements,

HAZMAT and guidelines issued by concerned authorities.

o Regular air quality monitoring is being done as per environment monitoring program presented

in earlier chapter.



o The trucks/vehicles used for the transportation of materials shall be approved by concerned

authority and the driver shall be well trained to overcome the safety issues occur during the

transportation. All necessary safety & emergency equipment must be provided in vehicles.

The supervision by Environment & Safety Manager shall be done on daily basis throughout the life of

the project starting from the commissioning of the production unit. Environment & safety Manager

shall regularly supervise:

o The efficacy of the implemented mitigation measures including installed air pollution control

devices

o The functioning of all concerned employees and contractor to ensure that the EMP, Procedures

& SOPs are implemented properly to efficiently prevent air pollution issues

Contractors & other staff engaged in the operations works shall ensure that:

o All procedures, plans and guidelines provided to them by Environment & Safety Manager are

followed for prevention of air contamination/pollution within the premises and in surrounding

area.

o All air pollution control devices and other air pollution prevention measures provided are

functioning well during the operation works.

Environment & safety Manager shall regularly prepare necessary records/documents related with the

planned & implemented mitigation & EMP including the record of performance of APCD to enable

superior to review the performance. The following are minimal documents record requirements:

o SOPs for:

Storage & Handling of Materials

Operation & Maintenance of Stacks

Utility Operation & Minimisation of Utility Emission

Hazardous/Solid waste Collection, Handling & Storage

o Register for:

Supervision Schedule & Observation

Operation Time of Utilities & APCD

Power & Resources Used for APCD

Attendance register for employee engaged with APCDs

Non-Conformity Register with Root Cause Analysis & Details of Action Taken

APCDs & Stack Maintenance Log

o Other Documents for:

Compliance status for Legal Requirement

Detailed report for Non-conformity & Action Required (for reporting to Superior)

Daily Performance report for APCDs & other Mitigation Implemented (for reporting to

Superior)

Training Documents & Register

Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager shall also ensure that all

Administrative actions & measures as mentioned in the later section are implemented and are followed

efficiently throughout the project life starting from commissioning of plant.

Resources

Structural: Waste gas (process emission) collection & transfer system for combustion with Fuel in TFHs,

Stacks attached to all utilities with sampling port with adequate height & internal dia. at top (as per

statutory requirement), Properly Designed Storage area for PTA with all necessary safety measures,



Properly Designed well ventilated Storage & process area, Efficient Ventilation Facility, Air quality &

Emission Monitoring equipment/instruments as required

Other: Adequate Human Resource, uninterrupted power supply to all APCD, chemicals & all required

requisites for analytical works for sampling & monitoring of Air & Emissions

Performance Monitoring Measures

Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager shall ensure that monitoring of

ambient air quality, work place air quality and all emissions (Particulate matters, SO2& NOX, CO, VOC)

are done on regular basis as per the monitoring schedule mentioned in earlier chapter.

Chemist/External Approved Lab shall perform assessment of Ambient Air, workplace Air & Emissions

from DG sets &boilers.

All results of the monitoring carried out for the project shall be reviewed by Environment & Safety

Manager & Plant Incharge on regular basis.

Budgetary Provision

The estimated budgetary provision for initial time of operation phase as prepared by the EIA team is

presented below which shall be revised as per above mentioned system after six month from

commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural Measures for air pollution prevention & Control:

A. Stacks for utilities: Rs.75.00Lacs

B. Waste gas collection & transfer system for CP: Covered in capital cost of project

C. PTA & MEG storage: Covered in capital cost of project

o Recurring Cost for Non-Structural Measures for air pollution prevention & Control:

A. Maintenance of Waste Gas Collection & Transfer and Stacks: Rs.5.0Lacs per annum

B. Emission, Ambient Air & Workplace Monitoring: Rs.2.00 Lacs per annum

10.4.2. WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION & CONTROL


Water quality changes due to contamination resulted from process & domestic wastewater generation

& disposal

Water quality changes due to contamination resulted from hazardous waste management

Water quality changes due to contamination resulted from hazards associated with project

EMP for Operation Phase

Managing Director& plant In-charge shall ensure that

o Prior to commissioning of plant, ETP (300KLD) as well as Wastewater collection pipelines and

related arrangements in process & utility areas as well as material storage area as mentioned &

recommended in earlier chapter 2 & 4 of the present EIA report has been provided well during

construction phase prior to commissioning of plant to prevention & control the water pollution

due to wastewater generated during the commissioning & operation phase of the project.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, STP (80 KLD) as well as sewage collection pipelines and related

arrangements in domestic activity areas as mentioned & recommended in earlier chapter 2 & 4

of the present EIA report has been provided well during construction phase prior to

commissioning of plant to prevention & control the water pollution due to sewage generated

during the commissioning & operation phase of the project.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all storage areas, process areas and areas are provided with

impervious lining and wastewater /runoff collection line connected with collection tank of ETP or

emergency storage tank.



o Prior to commissioning of plant, industrial waste storage areas are provided with impervious

lining and leachate collection line connected with collection tank of ETP as per the guidelines of

MoEF/CPCB/GPCB.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all necessary resources as mentioned in later section for

efficient operation &functioning of ETP and STP have been provided to ensure proper treatment

of wastewater generated from the operations of the proposedproject.

o ETP, STP and allied facilities including pipeline, equipment & machineries are in good working

condition throughout the life of the project starting from the commissioning of the production

unit.

o Properly formulated procedures (including necessary/required SOPs) and action plan for all

wastewater generation activities & sources for prevention of water pollution have been

prepared & implemented by Environment & safety Manager before commissioning of plant.

Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager shall also ensure that all other


project life.

o 100 % reuse of the treated industrial wastewater for cooling tower makeup and 100% reuse of

treated sewage for irrigation of greenbelt have been done throughout the project life

o Reduce wastage by preventing leak/spill from pipes, taps/valves etc.

o Regular recording of water consumption using flow meter

o Regular inspection, control & necessary maintenance for reduction of water loss

o Reduction of wastewater generation rate by minimal use of water for various industrial activities

and by prevention of leakage from tap/valve and pipeline.

o Continuous attempts to reduce pollutant load in effluent

o Provision shall be made for alternative treatment option for effluent generated clean-up

operation undertaken during emergency/major disaster.

o Maintaining records of water consumption, wastewater generation & reuse and raw (intake)

water as well as treated &untreated wastewater characteristics.

o Maintenance of good housekeeping to avoid contamination of storm water.

The supervision shall be done by Environment & safety Manager on daily basis throughout the life of



o The efficacy & Adequacy of the ETP and STP as well as all other implemented mitigation

measures including reduction of wastewater from operations.

o The functioning of all concern employees and contractor to ensure that the EMP, Procedures &

SOPs for water pollution prevention are implemented properly to efficiently prevent water

pollution issues.



followed for prevention of water pollution.

o ETP, STP& all other water pollution prevention/ control measures provided are functioning well

during the operation works.


planned & implemented mitigation & EMP including the record of performance of ETP, STP& other

mitigation measures implemented for prevention of water pollution to enable superior to review the

performance. The following are minimal documents record requirements:



o SOPs for:

Storage & Handling of Materials with precautions for prevention of spill/leak

Operation & Maintenance of ETP and STP

Process Operation & Minimisation of Wastewater generation

Solid waste Collection, Handling & Storage

o Register for:

Supervision Schedule & Observations

Operation Time of ETP and STP

Power & Resources Used for ETP and STP

Attendance register for employee engaged with ETP and STP

Analytical Results of water, Treated & untreated wastewater


Maintenance Log for ETP, STP, wastewater pipeline & allied facility




Daily Performance report for ETP, STP& other Mitigation Implemented (for reporting to

Superior)





Resources

Structural: Effluent Treatment Plant (300 KLD); Sewage Treatment Plant (80 KLD); Leak proof Pipelines

connected with ETP for wastewater & contaminated stream collection from storage area, process area,

utility area and washing area as well as leachate collection from hazardous /soil waste storage area;

Proper sanitation facility including septic tank & soak pit; Leak proof Pipelines connected with STP with

septic tank for wastewater collection from domestic activity area; Impervious lining in Storage area,

process area, hazardous/solid waste storage area and other area having potential of hazardous material

handling; power supply for ETP & STP and allied equipment/machineries, Meters for wastewater flow

measurement

Other: Adequate Human Resource, uninterrupted power supply to all component of ETP& STP,

chemicals & all required requisites for analytical works for monitoring



water, sewage& wastewater quality (Minimum for pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Phenol, Ammonia & Oil &

Grease) are done on regular basis as per the monitoring schedule mentioned in earlier chapter.

Chemist/External Approved Lab shall perform daily assessment of quality of raw water, untreated

wastewater, quality of wastewater at different level of ETP and STP



Budgetary Provision



commissioning.



o Capital Cost for Structural Measures for Water pollution prevention & Control:

A. STP and ETP : Rs.525.00Lacs

B. Pipelines & power unit etc.: Rs.24.00 Lacs

o Recurring Cost for Non-Structural Measures for Water pollution prevention & Control:

A. Operation &Maintenance of ETP& STP: Rs.47.30 Lacs per annum

B. Monitoring: Rs.0.25Lacs per annum

10.4.3. HYDROLOGY, GROUNDWATER & WATER CONSERVATION


Water quality changes due to contamination of subsoil/groundwater disposal of poorly/untreated

wastewater (effluent & sewage) as well as accidental spillage/leakage of toxic materials and leachate of

hazardous/solid wastes of the project

Uncontrolled toxic runoff generated due to emergency actions during major hazard associated with

hazardous material resulting in increase in contamination of subsoil/groundwater resources

EMP for Groundwater Pollution Prevention & Water Conservation


o All mitigation measures and EMP suggested for prevention of water pollution are implemented.

o The treated wastewater pipeline for reuse for Gardening & utility operation.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all storage areas, process areas as well as hazardous waste

storage area are provided with impervious floor to prevention percolation & seepage of toxic

material & leachate from hazardous/solid waste storage.



project life.

o Reduction of ground water withdrawal by 100% reuse of treated sewage for irrigation and industrial wastewater for cooling tower makeup

o Regular recording of water consumption using flow meter

o Regular inspection, control & necessary maintenance for reduction of evaporation loss from

cooling system

o Maintenance of higher COC (preferably >8) for cooling tower to reduce the blow down& makeup

water consumption

o Reduction of wastewater generation & wastage rate by optimum use of water and prevention of

leakage from tap/valve &pipeline.

o Rainwater harvesting as per “Rainwater Harvesting Plan” for use to meet water requirements of

project


planned & implemented mitigation & EMP including the record of performance of mitigation measures

implemented for prevention of Groundwater pollution to enable superior to review the performance.

The following are minimal documents record requirements:

o SOPs for:

Storage & Handling of Materials with precautions for prevention of spill/leak on bare

land

o Register for:


Analytical Results of Surface water




All other registers as mentioned in water /soil pollution prevention section




Daily Performance report for Mitigation Implemented (for reporting to Superior)


Environment & safety Manager shall regularly supervise:

o The efficacy & Adequacy of the all mitigation measures implemented.


SOPs for water pollution prevention are implemented properly to efficiently prevent water

pollution issues.



followed for prevention of water pollution.

o Ground water pollution prevention/ control measures provided are functioning well during the

operation works.




Resources

Structural: All equipment/machineries/technologies/plant/ facilities suggested in section of water &

soil pollution prevention, Impervious lining in Storage, process & hazardous/solid waste storage area;

Meters for intake Water & wastewater flow measurement, Rainwater harvesting system with water

storage tank & necessary pipelines

Other: Adequate Human Resource, chemicals & all required requisites for analytical works for

monitoring



surface water quality (Minimum for pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Phenol, Ammonia & Oil & Grease) are done on

regular basis as per the monitoring schedule mentioned in earlier chapter.

Chemist/External Approved Lab shall perform regular assessment of quality of surface water and other

analysis as mentioned in Water & Soil pollution Prevention section.



Budgetary Provision

The estimated budgetary provision for initial time of operation phase as prepared by the EIA team for

water & Soil pollution prevention covers the major financial requirement for Prevention of

groundwater pollution. Hence, no separate budget is required for Prevention of groundwater pollution

at present. In addition to these, the estimated budgetary provision for initial time of operation phase as

prepared by the EIA team for water conservation by rain water harvesting & groundwater monitoring is


commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural Measures for Water conservation:



A. Rainwater Harvesting System with recharge facility: Rs. 15.00 Lacs

B. Water Storage Tank & Pipelines: Covered in capital cost of project

o Recurring Cost for Non-Structural Measures for water conservation:

A. Maintenance of Rainwater Harvesting System: Rs.0.50 lacs per annum

B. Groundwater Monitoring: Rs.0.25 per annum

10.4.4. LAND USE

There is no considerable impact on landuse due to the construction & operations of the proposed project.

Hence, detailed EMP is not required. However, implementation of following generic actions shall be ensured

by Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager

Greenbelt Development, maintenance & protection as per greenbelt development plan suggested

Dust emission Prevention & minimization measures as suggested in Air Pollution Prevention section.

10.4.5. SOIL CONSERVATON


Soil quality changes due to settling of particulates emitted from project and disposal/accidental

spillage/leakage of untreated /poorly wastewater(Industrial & Domestic) as well as leachate of

hazardous/solid wastes of the project

Soil quality changes due to spillage/leakage of raw materials & process liquors of the project

Uncontrolled runoff generated due to emergency actions during major hazard associated with hazardous

material resulting in increase in contamination of soil of area affected by the hazard

EMP for Soil Conservation


o All structural measures suggested for Water & Air Pollution Prevention in earlier sections has

been provided well during construction phase prior to commissioning of plant to prevent soil

pollution during the commissioning & operation phase of the project.

o Impervious Lining of all storage areas, hazardous & solid industrial waste storage areas, process

areas with provision of wastewater /runoff collection line connected with ETP are provided Prior

to commissioning of plant.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all necessary resources as mentioned in later section have been

provided.

o All necessary mitigation measures including the impervious lining in all planned area are in good

working condition throughout the life of the project starting from the commissioning of the

production unit.

o Before commissioning of plant, properly formulated procedures (including necessary/required

SOPs) and action plan for various operation of concern for prevention of soil pollution have been

prepared & implemented by Environment & safety Manager.



project life.

o During construction phase, all necessary actions shall be taken for minimisation of waste

generation, reuse of construction waste in suitable construction works, proper sanitation with

septic tank & soak pit, proper storage facilities for construction wastes and use of unused

earthen materials for landscaping within premises.



o During construction phase, necessary provision shall be taken for closed storage area for

construction materials like Cement and stabilisation of stock piles of excavated earthen

materials, soil & sand etc.

o Emergency Response protocol shall be prepared for all chemical material & shall be available at

all places having potential of chemical spill/leakage.

o Any accidents or leakage & chemical material Emergency shall be first reported of incident of

spill/leak of actions shall be taken by responsible personnel as per guidelines provided in specific

Emergency Response Protocol for spilled/leaked chemical.

o No untreated/poorly treated wastewater disposal takes place throughout the project life.

o Reuse of domestic effluent for irrigation only after treatment in STP. o Maintenance of good housekeeping to avoid contamination of Soil.

o Fertilization & Irrigation of Greenbelt & other plantation area.




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented mitigation measures including condition of

impervious lining & spill/leak prevention measures.


SOPs for Soil pollution prevention are implemented properly.



followed for prevention of Soil pollution.

All Soil pollution prevention/ control measures provided are functioning well during the operation

works. Environment & safety Manager shall regularly prepare necessary records/documents related

with the planned & implemented mitigation & EMP including the record of performance of mitigation

measures implemented for prevention of Soil pollution to enable superior to review the performance.

The following are minimal documents record requirements:

o SOPs for:

Storage & Handling of Materials with precautions for prevention of spill/leak

O&M of ETP & STP

Hazardous waste handling, transfer & storage

Maintenance of Impervious Lining of various areas

Fertilisation & irrigation of Plantation area

o Register for:


Attendance register for employee engaged with EMP for Soil Conservation

Analytical Results of Soil and Treated Sewage used for irrigation

Time& quantity for Treated sewage used for irrigation


Maintenance Log for Impervious Lining of various areas











Resources

Structural: All equipment/machineries/technologies/plant/ facilities suggested in section of water

pollution prevention, Impervious lining in Storage, process & hazardous/solid waste storage area;

Storage area for Fertilizer and irrigation utility

Other: Adequate Human Resource, Fertilizer for fertilization of plantation & water for irrigation of

plantation area & all required requisites for analytical works for Soil quality monitoring



Soil quality (Minimum for pH, Conductivity, Moisture content, Nutrient Contents and TOC) are done on


Chemist/External Approved Lab shall perform assessment of soil quality on regular basis as directed by

Environment & Safety Manager.

All results of the soil quality monitoring carried out for the project shall be reviewed by Environment &

Safety Manager & Plant In charge on regular basis.

Budgetary Provision



commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural Measures for Soil Conservation:

A. Impervious Lining in Storage & Process area and Hazardous/solid waste storage area:

Considered in project’s capital cost

B. Plant & other requisites for plantation in premises: Considered in Greenbelt

Development Plan


A. Irrigation & Fertilization of Plantation area: Considered in Greenbelt Development Plan

B. Soil Quality Monitoring: Rs.0.25Lacs per annum

10.4.6 NOISE & VIBRATION PREVENTION & CONTROL Considered Aspects and Major Impacts

Increased noise & vibration in premises due to spinning, texturizing & weaving work

Increased noise & vibration in premises due to operations of utility, Plant & Equipment/machineries

Increased noise level in area falling in route of transportation

EMP for Noise & Vibration Reduction & Control


o Prior to commissioning of plant, spinning, weaving & texturizing machineries are installed in the

dedicated sound proof room/area designed for minimization of noise propagation outside the

area.



o Prior to commissioning of plant, Boilers, TFHs &DG Setsare provided with Silencers &/or Acoustic

enclosure and are installed in the dedicated room/area designed for minimization of noise

propagation outside the area.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all vibrating & rotating machineries/equipment are founded on

sturdy non-vibrating base and fitted with necessary paddings (like rubber pads) at base.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all high vibrating plant/machineries/equipment are properly

isolated from other plant/machineries/equipment.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all vibrating & rotating machineries/equipment are checked for

static & dynamic balancing to prevent noise & vibration.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, all necessary high efficiency PPEs have been provided to

employees to protect them from high noise.


SOPs) and action plan for various operation of concern for prevention & control of Noise &

Vibration have been prepared & implemented by Environment & safety Manager.



project life.

o During construction phase, restriction on operation of machineries/equipment causing high

noise level during the night time and minimal night time transportation through residential &

forest area.

o During construction phase, management shall ensure regular maintenance of construction

machineries/equipment & vehicles for minimisation of high noise generation and turning off of

idle vehicles, equipment& machineries when not in use.

o High efficiency PPEs for employee working in spinning, weaving & texturizing units are regularly

maintained/replaced to protect them from high noise.

o Provision of silencer/Acoustic enclosure/noise attenuator wherever suitable

o Provision of mufflers & good silencer for vehicle

o Regular maintenance including lubrication and Static & dynamic balancing of rotating

equipment/machineries

o Replacement of rubber paddings of foundation shall be done whenever required as preventive

actions/maintenance

o Dense & adequate greenbelt shall be maintained around the high noise area to provide barrier

o Minimum transportation from residential & eco-sensitive area

o Avoidance of night transportation from residential & eco-sensitive area




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented mitigation measures including condition of

foundation, paddings, acoustic enclosure & silencer etc.

o Noise level increase in any area above 10 dB(A).


SOPs for prevention & control of Noise & Vibration are implemented properly and all employees

are using necessary PPEs as directed by Superior.

During the whole operation time, Contractors & other staff engaged in the operations works shall

ensure that:




followed for prevention & control of Noise & vibration.

o All Noise & Vibration prevention/ control measures provided are functioning well during the

operation works.

o All PPEs are being used by them as directed by Environment & Safety Manager



implemented for prevention & Control of Noise & Vibration to enable superior to review the


o SOPs for:

Operation of Utility, Plant, Machineries & equipment including required actions for

prevention & Control Noise & Vibration

Maintenance of Padding, Foundation, Acoustic enclosures, Silencers etc.

o Register for:


Analytical Results of Noise & Vibration Monitoring


Maintenance Log for Padding, Foundation, Acoustic enclosures, Silencers etc.









Resources

Structural:Sound proof building for housing of spinning, weaving & texturizing machineries; Rubber

Paddings, Sturdy & Non-vibrating Foundations, Designated Installation area for utilities; Silencers &/or

Acoustic Enclosures for utilities

Other: Adequate Human Resource, High efficiency PPEs, Lubricants & all required requisites for Noise

level monitoring



Noise & Vibration Level are done on regular basis as per the monitoring schedule mentioned in earlier

chapter.

Chemist/External Approved Lab shall perform the monitoring on regular basis as directed by



Manager & Plant In-charge on regular basis.

Budgetary Provision



commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural Measures:



A. Foundation & Padding: Considered in project’s capital cost

B. Soundproof Process & dedicated Utility building/rooms: 100 Lacs

C. Acoustic Enclosures &/or Silencers etc.: 50 Lacs


A. Maintenance works for Noise & Vibration reduction: Rs 0.50 lacs per Annum

B. Noise & Vibration Monitoring: Rs. 0.10 lacs per annum

C. PPEs: Included in Cost of Safety & Emergency Equipment

10.4.7 HAZARDOUS WASTE & INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT


Contamination Air due to volatile losses & Gaseous emission during incident of fire from hazardous &

solid wastes

Contamination Soil & Water due to leachate from hazardous & solid wastes

EMP for Management of Hazardous & Non-Hazardous Wastes

Managing Director & plant In-charge shall ensure that

o Prior to commissioning of plant, dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes Storage areas

with leachate collection lines connected with ETP and necessary floor lining as per statutory

requirements are provided within the premises for storage of Hazardous & non-hazardous

Wastes generated from project.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes handling system

& facilities as per statutory requirements are provided within the premises for collection,

handling & transfer of Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes generated from project.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes Storage areas

are provided all safety measures like facility for firefighting.

o Prior to commissioning of plant, membership of TSDF Site and arrangement with buyers for sell

of non-hazardous reusable wastes has been done for disposal of Hazardous & non-hazardous

Wastes generated from project.

o During entire project life, the conditions of dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes

handling system & facilities as well as storage areas are maintained in good condition to comply

with the applicable statutory requirements to ensure efficient faultless activities of collection,

handling, transfer, storage & disposal of Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes generated from

project.

o Prior to commissioning of plant & during entire project life, all necessary PPEs have been

provided to employees to protect them from toxic hazards associated with hazardous wastes.

o During entire project life, the safety measures including firefighting system provided for

prevention of hazards in hazards & Non-hazardous wastes storage areas are functioning well.


SOPs) and action plan for various operation of concern for prevention & control of pollution of

air, water & soil due to hazards & Non-hazardous wastes management have been prepared &

implemented by Environment & safety Manager.



project life.



o During construction phase, all necessary actions shall be taken for minimization of waste

generation, reuse of construction waste in suitable construction works and use of unused

earthen materials for landscaping within premises.

o All solid & hazardous waste are stored only in designated storage area.

o The solid & hazardous storage area shall be separated for each type of waste for easy

management.

o Proper labeling shall be done on storage area for ready & easy identification of waste stored in

that particular area.

o Proper labeling shall be done on storage containers/bags for ready & easy identification of waste

stored in that storage container/bag.

o The handling & transfer facilities are strictly used to collect, handle & transfer the wastes to

prevent spill/leak during handling & transfer as well as to prevent exposure of employee

engaged in handling & transfer.

o All waste shall be stored in their respective storage area only and shall be disposed off as per

Hazardous waste management rule-2008.

The process residue generated from CP plant shall be sent to common incineration

facility or shall be sold to cement manufacturer for co-processing.

The used oil shall be stored in leak/spill proof container and shall be sold to authorized

recycler.

ETP waste shall be stored in hazardous waste storage area and shall be disposed off

through TSDF Site.

Used drums/barrels/liners shall be stored in the designated hazardous waste storage

area near production/RM storage area. These waste shall be decontaminated and then

sold to authorized recyclers

The hazardous waste generated from clean-up procedure during the incident of

accidental spillage or leakage of chemicals shall be stored along with the ETP waste and

shall be sent to TSDF site.

o Only registered vehicles shall be used for transportation of the hazardous wastes.

o Following Methodology for Decontamination and disposal of containers shall be followed.

All empty drums or bags must be decontaminated to remove any harmful chemicals or

infectious organisms that may have adhered to them.

Empty as much material out of the drum or bags as possible, including easily removable

residues.

Wash/rinse the drum/bags three times with a suitable solvent. If the material is soluble

in water, use water to wash/rinse. If the material is not soluble in water, use a suitable

organic solvent such as acetone for the first two washes and water for the final rinse.

Remove the top of the drum, using a drum de-header if necessary. If the drum contains

a flammable material, it should be evaluated for potential explosive hazards.

Wear safety goggles during the washing/rinsing process. Wear heavy gloves to prevent

crushed fingers and protect against sharp edges. When washing the drum, wear gloves

that are impervious to the solvent.

Label the drum(s)/bags: "these drum/bags have been triple washed/ rinsed." Paint over

or cross through any other markings on the drum.

After Neutralization & decontamination of all empty drums & bags have to sell to

authorized recyclers



Keep record properly of all empty bags and drums which are decontaminated before

selling to authorized recyclers.




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented mitigation measures including condition of hazards

& Non-hazardous wastes storage areas, condition of hazards & Non-hazardous wastes handling

system and condition of Safety Measures etc.


SOPs for prevention & control of pollution due to hazards & Non-hazardous wastes management

are implemented properly and all employees are using necessary PPEs as directed by Superior.


ensure that:


followed.

o All mitigation measures provided are functioning well during the operation works.

o All necessary PPEs and other facilities/system provided for hazards & Non-hazardous wastes

management are being used by them as directed by Environment & Safety Manager



implemented for hazards & Non-hazardous wastes management to enable superior to review the


o SOPs for:

Collection, Handling, Transfer, Storage & Disposal of hazards & Non-hazardous wastes

Maintenance of Generation & Disposal of hazards & Non-hazardous wastes Collection,

Handling, Transfer facilities and storage area

o Register for:


Generation & Disposal of hazards & Non-hazardous wastes

Analytical Results of Leachate, Soil & Water


Maintenance Log storage area and facilities provided for hazards & Non-hazardous

wastes management






Resources

Structural: dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes handling system & facilities, dedicated

Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes storage areas, Fire Fighting System/facility

Other: Adequate Human Resource, PPEs & all required requisites for analytical works for Soil quality

monitoring




Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager shall ensure that required

monitoring of Soil & Water as well as Leachate are done on regular basis as per the monitoring schedule

mentioned in earlier chapter.





Budgetary Provision



commissioning.


A. Dedicated Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes storage area: Rs.30.00 lacs

B. Hazardous & non-hazardous Wastes handling system & facilities: Rs. 1.00 lacs


A. Maintenance works: Rs. 0.50 lacs per Annum

B. TSDF Membership & Disposal Fees: Rs. 1.10 lacs per Annum

C. Monitoring: Rs. 0.25 lacs per annum

D. PPEs: Included in Cost of Safety & Emergency Equipment

10.4.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHAND SAFETY


Impacts on health & safety are anticipated due to the injury, health effects due to unfavorable work

place conditions and ergonomic issues related with material handling & transportation, manufacturing

process, maintenance works.

Contamination Air due to volatile losses & Gaseous emission during incident of fire from hazardous &

solid wastes

Contamination Soil & Water due to leachate from hazardous & solid wastes

EMP for Occupational Health & Safety


o During construction phase, construction safety plan is formulated & implemented with all

construction safety equipment & facilities.

o Prior to commissioning of plant following structural measures are provided:

Proper storage is provided for all materials with adequate isolation between two

materials as required for safe storage condition

Prior to commissioning of plant, spinning, weaving & texturizing machineries are

installed in the dedicated sound proof room/area designed for minimization of noise

propagation outside the area.

High efficiency PPEs for employee working in spinning, weaving & texturizing units are

regularly maintained/replaced to protect them from high noise.

Shift planning shall be done with respect to the exposure level of noise at various plant

areas in line with the statutory requirements & provisions related with threshold noise

exposure.

In CP plant, waste gas collection & transfer system for combustion in TFHs is provided to

prevent workplace & ambient air quality.



Provision of Local exhaust in storage area/warehouse & process area

Safety measures like safety guard around rotating part for all rotating

equipment/machineries

Non-slippery Floor of plant & storage.

Emergency Control Room, Fire detection system, Assembly point are provided

All necessary Emergency management equipment & facilities including first aid kit, fire-

fighting facilities as recommended in Risk Assessment Report

Proper ergonomic condition in all areas to ensure safe & non-tiring work place

conditions

Mechanical material handling & transfer facility like Trolley or fork lift etc. for lifting &

shifting of all heavy materials.

Flameproof electrical fittings

Pre-employment health check-up of employee has been done.

o RA study for the proposed project is conducted and all necessary hazard/risk control/prevention

measures are provided/implemented before erection & commissioning of plant and during

entire project life.

o Required Safety plans are prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine operation

of the plant and followed during entire project life by all employees & contractors.

o During entire project life, following mitigation measures are implemented & followed:

Non-slippery Floor of plant & storage and there is no liquid spilled on floor.

The conditions of dedicated material handling system & facilities as well as material

storage areas are maintained in good condition to comply with the applicable statutory

requirements to ensure safety.

All necessary PPEsSafety & emergency equipmentincluding first aid kit have been

provided to employees to protect them from hazards associated with the project

operations & materials.

The safety measures including fire-fighting system provided for prevention of hazards in

storage & production as well as other areas are functioning well and necessary

maintenance & replacement are done regularly as required.

Regular training and awareness programs including basic training for first aid & fire

fighting, environment management, safe work procedures shall be

conducted/organised.

Pre-employment & post-employment health check-up programs shall be organised and

records of employee general health status shall be maintained. Necessary action for

ensuring good health of employee shall be taken timely.

Risk assessment study, Disaster & on-site emergency management plan and EHS policies

shall be made up to date by regular revision as needed in order to minimize risk in case

of emergencies.


SOPs) and action plan for various operation of concern for ensuring safety at all works of project

have been prepared & implemented by Environment & safety Manager.



project life.

o Proper ventilation with adequate air change ratio in all areas



o Proper label and identification board /stickers in the storage area

o Identification label and NFPA diamond code sticker on all chemicals drums & bags and tank area.

o Strict Restriction on Smoking and other spark, flame generating item within the premises

o Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills should be conducted, in order to train the staff and

make them mentally prepared to tackle any emergency.

o Emergency management equipment &facilities including fire extinguishers/hydrant system

should be maintained in a tip top condition round the clock.

o Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year.

o Proper colouring as per IS 2379 should be done & maintained in plant for all pipeline network

o Permit to work system should be implemented on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be carried

out in the plant.

o Training should be made compulsory to all new employees about safety measures before

starting duties in plant.

o Only registered vehicles shall be used for transportation of the hazardous wastes.




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented safety & other mitigation measures including

condition of storage areas; condition of process equipment/machineries etc.; material handling

& transfer system and condition of all safety & emergency equipment including fire-fighting

system & PPEs etc.


SOPs for safety and prevention of hazards in all areas are implemented properly and all

employees are using necessary PPEs as directed by Superior.


ensure that:


followed.


o All necessary PPEs and other facilities/system provided for safety & emergency management are

being used by them as directed by Environment & Safety Manager



implemented for hazards & Non-hazardous wastes management to enable superior to review the


o SOPs for:

Handling, Transfer, Storage of materials

Plant Operations including Utility Operations, Equipment/machineries operations etc.

Safe work Practices

Emergency Management

All maintenance works

o Register for:


Specific Parameters pertaining to the specific Operational Activity

Analytical Results of workplace



Employee Health Check-up


Work Permit for various operations

Logs of all Maintenance to be carried out






Resources

Structural: Pollution control technologies & facilities as suggested in other sections; dedicated material

storage areas, Fire Fighting System/facility, Safety Devices for Process equipment/machineries/Plants.

Other: Adequate Human Resource, PPEs & Emergency equipment & facilities, First Aid Kits with

necessary medicines & antidotes, all required requisites for analytical works for workplace monitoring



monitoring of work place conditions as well as employee health are done on regular basis as per the

monitoring schedule mentioned in earlier chapter.

Chemist/External Approved Lab / Appointed Medical Practitioner shall perform the monitoring on

regular basis as directed by Environment & Safety Manager.


Manager & Plant In-charge on regular basis.

Budgetary Provision



commissioning.


A. Dedicated Material storage areas: Included in project’s capital cost

B. Fire Fighting and other safety & emergency facilities: Rs. 150.00 lacs


A. Maintenance works for Safety equipment & facilities: Rs.4.50 lacs per Annum

B. PPEs: Rs. 1.00 lacs per Annum

C. Monitoring: Rs.0.25 lacs per annum

10.4.9 ECOLOGICAL CONSERVATION & PROTECTION


Impacts on Flora & fauna due to toxic effects of pollutants /hazardous chemicals released in

environment during operations of material handling/ transportation/handling /storage and utility

operations.

Impacts on Flora & fauna due to toxic effects of pollutants /hazardous chemicals released in

environment as well as due to effects of heat released from fire hazards

Secondary impacts of Contamination Air, water, soil & generation of high noise

EMP for Ecological Conservation





Efficient measures for air, water & soil pollution prevention & control to reduce the level

of contaminants in environmental attributes

Efficient measures for prevention & control of noise to reduce the changes in ambient

noise level

Efficient & Adequate hazard prevention & control and safety & emergency control

measures for prevention & control of adverse effects on flora & fauna due to toxic

contaminants and heat radiation generated from fire.

Properly levelled and prepared dedicated area for greenbelt in and around the premises

Area for storage of Sapling, fertilizers & other requisites like Shovel, spade, cutter,

irrigation utensils etc.

o RA study for the proposed project is conducted to determine the extent of possible risk zone

comprising ecologically important area

o Required Safety plans for protection of ecological features especially micro level plantation area

of vicinity are prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine operation of the plant

and followed during entire project life by all employees & contractors.


Regular monitoring for Emission & Ambient air quality, Noise and water & wastewater

quality and soil quality as per monitoring plan.

Proper & efficient implementation of mitigation measures & EMP suggested for Air,

Water, Soil & Noise environment and waste management.

Proper &efficient implementation of non-structural preventive/precautionary/control

measures as well as procedures suggested for prevention/control of major hazards in

the proposed unit

As suggested in below Greenbelt Development Plan, development & maintenance of

adequate dense Greenbelt as per CPCB guideline within premises & around periphery

throughout project life.

Disaster management and emergency action plan shall be prepared carefully and

implemented to eliminate / minimize the chances of impact on ecological features of

local area.


SOPs) and action plan for various operation of concern to eliminate the chances of impacts on

ecological features of the local area have been prepared & implemented by Environment &

safety Manager.




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented mitigation measures for prevention of

environmental pollution including APCDs, ETP, STP, Hazard prevention & Safety measures etc.


SOPs for prevention of impacts on ecological features of the local area are implemented

properly and all employees are using necessary PPEs as directed by Superior.


ensure that:


followed.






implemented for prevention of adverse effects of environmental pollution & hazards of project on Flora

& Fauna to enable superior to review the performance. The following are minimal documents record

requirements:

o SOPs as defined in section of air/water/soil pollution prevention & control, Noise & vibration

prevention & control, Hazard prevention & Control etc. and SOP for Fertilization & Irrigation as

well as plantation in greenbelt areas

o Register for:


Plantation & re-plantation in greenbelt area

Survival Rate


Logs of all Maintenance of Irrigation & Other facilities used for Greenbelt development

& Maintenance






Resources

Structural: Dedicated storage area for sapling, fertilizer & irrigation equipment etc., All other structural

measures suggested for air/water/soil pollution prevention & control, Noise & vibration prevention &

control, Hazard prevention & Control

Other: Adequate Human Resource, all other resources required for air/water/soil pollution prevention &

control, Noise & vibration prevention & control, Hazard prevention & Control



monitoring of various required environmental parameters as well as survival rate of plantation in

greenbelt & soil fertility parameters are done on regular basis as per the monitoring schedule

mentioned in earlier chapter.





Budgetary Provision



commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural & non-structural Measures:

A. Seeds & Sapling and Plant in Polybags: Rs. 8.00 Lacs

B. Dedicated storage areas for Sapling & fertilisers etc.:Rs. 12.0 Lacs

C. Equipment& facilities: Rs.10.00Lacs

o Recurring Cost for Non-Structural Measures:



A. Maintenance of Equipment & facilities: Rs.0.25Lacs per Annum

B. Sapling, Plantation & replantation: Rs. 0.50Lacs per Annum

C. Fertilizer: Rs. 1.50 Lacs per Annum

D. Monitoring: Included in recurring cost of other EMP sections

10.4.10 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN:

The greenbelt will be developed by thecompany in premises in about 33612m2 area(34.23 % area of total

land). Healthy & every green plantation in greenbelt is being maintained and ensured by the company all the

time. Following guidelines has been suggested & shall be followed by the company for future operations of

greenbelt development & maintenance.

Guidelines for Greenbelt Development

Design and development of greenbelt should be in adherence to industry-specific requirements and

prevalent climatic conditions.

Company shall ensure healthy & dense greenbelt throughout the project life.

Company shall ensure greenbelt development & maintenance in minimum 33612Sq. m. at any time.

Company shall follow CPCB guidelines for development & maintenance of greenbelt area

Company shall ensure regular irrigation & fertilization of greenbelt area as required timely

Company shall ensure re-plantation in greenbelt area depending upon the survival rate of planted

vegetation to maintain greenbelt.

Company shall plant trees with density of about 2000 trees per hectare (i.e. around 6725 trees) for

developing the greenbelt area.

Indigenous species with fast growth are only selected or form the base of selection as Green Belt can

come in view as fast as possible.

Company shall plant local species of trees & shrub for greenbelt development

The tress shall be planted in three tiers pattern so as to ensure that the entire area gets covered and

ensure effective pollution abatement. For this, management shall ensure that plantation of trees shall

include mixture of lower, higher and middle canopy structure, which shall be mixed appropriately /

proportionately / uniformly.

The plantation shall also include fruit bearing trees/ species which shall be uniformly distributed which

shall act as dwelling place for Varity of birds and other fauna and form a breeding ground for them. The

tree products should have acceptable characteristics to suit local customs and traditions flowering Herbs

& shrubs species.

Company has selected & planted following species:

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Family No. of Plants

Tree

1. Azadirachtaindica Neem Meliaceae 195

2. SaracaIndica Ashoka Fabaceae 600

3. Delonixregia Gulmohar Fabaceae 450

4. Polyalthialongifolia Asopalav Annonaceae 375

5. Terminalia catappa Linn The Indian Almond tree combretaceae 750

6. Mangifera indica Linn Mango tree Anacardiaceae 450

7. Phoenix sylvestris The Wild datepalm Arecaceae 520

8. Cocos nucifera Linn Coconut tree Arecaceae 350



9. Thuja occidentalis Linn. white kedar Cupressaceae 350

10. Emblica officinalis Gaertn. Euphorbiaceae Amali 420

11. Zizyphus mauritiana Indian jujube Rhamnaceae 220

12. Thespesia populneoides Umbrella tree malvaceae 275

13. Terminalia chebula Fetz Hardo combretaceae 390

14. Terminalia bellerica Bahera combretaceae 450

15. Terminalia arjuna Sadado combretaceae 365

16. Tectona grandis Linn. Teak Verbenaceae 290

17. Tecoma stans Linn. Koreneklar Bignoniaceae 275

Shrub

1 Acalyphagodseffiana Acalypha Euphorbiaceae 115

2 Durantaerecta Daranta Gold Verbenaceae 80

3 Ixorabrachiata Ixora Rubiaceae 110

4 Thujakoraiensis Thuja Cupressaceae 120

5 JasminumOfficinale Jasmine Oleaceae 55

6 Hibiscus rosasinensis Jasud Malvaceae 100

Care shall be taken to plant ample trees along the road side, boundary wall as well as within the plant

premises. It shall enable proper balance of atmosphere both outside the campus by absorbing noise and

gaseous pollutants of the road side movement of vehicles and also absorption of noise and emissions

within the premises of the plant.

Company shall follow the following five year comprehensive greenbelt development program after that

the company shall keep following the prevailing practices of greenbelt management.

1st to 5th YEAR PLAN

o Company shall maintain all necessary facilities for irrigation of greenbelt in good condition and

necessary maintenance of irrigation facilities shall be done regularly

o Company shall regularly assess survival rate of planted trees & shrub and if required necessary re-

plantation shall be done to ensure healthy & dense greenbelt area in minimum 33 % (33612sq. m.

area) of the total area of proposed premises

o For re-plantation, if required, company shall acquire saplings from local private/government (Forest

& Other) nursery

o Company shall do fertilization as required for healthy & dense greenbelt development

Management Period

The properly designed greenbelt area, irrigation facilities, Sapling storage & maintenance area and

storage for greenbelt development resources/tools etc. shall be provided in construction phase prior to

commissioning of plant operation. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the

extent of operation phase.

The greenbelt development guidelines and five year program shall be initiated with inception of

construction phase of project and shall be implemented & practiced as routine throughout the project

life.

Budgetary Provision

Considered in capital & recurring cost for Ecological Conservation & Protection

Responsible Authority

Project Proponent, Project manager, accounting head/manager, Site Officer & engineers, Contractors.



10.4.11 MANAGEMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ISSUE

No considerable negative Impacts on socioeconomic condition are anticipated from proposed project except

the rare & temporary impacts of hazards associated with proposed project. It has been noticed that the

project will have minor positive impacts on socioeconomic conditions of project area. Hence, following

generic EMP has been recommended for proposed project

EMP for Management of Socio-Economic Issues



Efficient measures for air, water & soil pollution prevention & control to reduce the level

of contaminants in environmental attributes

Efficient measures for prevention & control of noise to reduce the changes in ambient

noise level

Efficient & Adequate hazard prevention & control and safety & emergency control

measures for prevention & control of adverse effects on socioeconomic layout and

agricultural land of vicinity & local area

o A study for the proposed project is conducted to determine the extent of possible risk zone

comprising public area outside of project site.

o Required Safety plans for protection of socioeconomic parameters of area of vicinity are

prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine operation of the plant and followed

during entire project life by all employees & contractors.


Regular monitoring for Emission & Ambient air quality, Noise and water & wastewater

quality and soil quality as per monitoring plan.

Proper & efficient implementation of mitigation measures & EMP suggested for Air,

Water, Soil & Noise environment and waste management.

Proper &efficient implementation of non-structural preventive/precautionary/control

measures as well as procedures suggested for prevention/control of major hazards in

the proposed unit

Disaster management and emergency action plan shall be prepared carefully and

implemented to eliminate / minimize the chances of impact on ecological features of

local area.

Properly formulated procedures (including necessary/required SOPs) and action plan for

various operations as mentioned in sections of prevention & control of air, water & soil

pollution, Noise & Vibration and Hazards have been prepared & implemented by

Environment & safety Manager.

CSR Activities are being carried out on regular basis as per CSR Plan (Annexure-XIII).

Adequate management for transportation of raw materials & Products to reduce traffic

on state and national highway network as well as to prevent accidents.

Minimum use of local road passing through residential area

Avoidance of night transportation from the residential area and ban on use of loud

horns

Careful recruitment by employing unemployed person of the local area to maximum

extent to ensure adequate availability of labour for local socioeconomic activities and to

ensure high employment status of local area.



Proper public relation & management activities to prevent conflicts between project and

local people

Efficient Emergency Action & Disaster Management Plan to ensure no/minimum effects

on surround area during catastrophic accident




o The efficacy & Adequacy of the implemented mitigation measures for prevention of

environmental pollution & hazards.

o The issues arising in surrounding area due to operations of the project.


SOPs are implemented properly and all employees are using necessary PPEs as directed by

Superior.


ensure that:


followed.




implemented for prevention of adverse effects of environmental pollution & hazards of project on Flora

& Fauna to enable superior to review the performance. The following are minimal documents record

requirements:

o SOPs as defined in section of air/water/soil pollution prevention & control, Noise & vibration

prevention & control, Hazard prevention & Control etc. and SOP for Fertilization & Irrigation as

well as plantation in greenbelt areas

o Register for:

Schedule for CSR Activities & Observations

Public Complaint & Suggestion register






CSR Plan

Resources

Structural: All structural measures suggested for air/water/soil pollution prevention & control, Noise &

vibration prevention & control, Hazard prevention & Control

Other: Adequate Human Resource, all other resources required for air/water/soil pollution prevention

& control, Noise & vibration prevention & control, Hazard prevention & Control



monitoring of various required environmental parameters as suggested in other sections are done on








Budgetary Provision

The estimated budgetary provision for initial time of operation phase as prepared by the EIA team is presented below which shall be revised as per above mentioned system after six month from commissioning.

o Capital Cost for Structural Measures: Included in capital cost mentioned in other EMP sections

o Recurring Cost for Non-Structural Measures:

A. CSR Fund: Rs.100.00Lacs per Annum

B. Monitoring: Included in recurring cost of other EMP sections

10.4.12 ENERGY CONSERVATION

The company is committed to continual improvement in its energy conservation programs. It will

successfully implement following actions to realize efficient energy conservation in its proposed unit.

Managing efficiently the utilization of energy resources, upgrade operational practice and employ

more energy efficient technologies.

Employee Training for energy conservation& Promoting awareness among all employees

Interdepartmental sharing of experience on energy conservation

Regular internal audits to identify areas for improvement & benchmark continuously performance

against the best

Formation of Energy Conservation cell headed by senior personnel with following duties for Energy

Conservation:

o Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise energy consumption.

o Planning of corrective actions for deviations.

o Carry out internal energy audits & field study on need basis.

o Preparing annual energy activity plan

o Benchmarking for energy performance.

o Arrange training program for energy efficiency.

10.4.13 RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN

Potential of Harvesting of Rainwater & Utilization

The company will have about 32805.00 m2 usable rooftop areas, which will have potential of rainwater

harvesting with runoff co-efficient of 0.8. The long term average minimal rainfall of the area is noticed to be

around 2100 mm, which can have great potential of rainwater harvesting resulting in 76674.4 m³ /annum

monsoon harvested water quantity considering the available area for RWH as mentioned above.

The harvested rainwater will be utilized to meet the water requirement of proposed project. The harvested

rainwater will be enough to cater water requirement for about 17 days. Also, if permitted by concern

authority, harvested rain water will be utilized to recharge ground water.

Sufficient land is available in site for creation of harvested rainwater storage facility. Such facilities if not

lined with impervious material can also have groundwater recharge potential and water availability of water

to meet operation requirement for few months considering the evaporative losses from pond as well as

losses due to soil hydraulic conductivity enabling seepage and resulting in groundwater recharge.

Following actions shall be taken for effective implementation of rain water harvesting plan.



The roof top area shall be designed for maximum rainwater collection and with necessary facilities like

gutter and drain pipes. A well designed pipeline network or properly lined impervious storm water

drainage shall be provided near all building.

All storm water drainage or pipeline shall be connected with the rain water storage pond. Proper slope

shall be provided to all storm water drainage & pipelines to ensure easy & efficient transfer of collected

rain water in the pond.

The adequate storage facility of like unlined earthen pond or tank shall be prepared to ensure adequate

supply for project requirement. Also the recharging well may be created to ensure partial use of

rainwater for groundwater recharging.

If pond is created, the surface area of the pond shall be kept minimal to the possible extent to reduce

the evaporative losses during non-monsoon especially in summer season.

Resources & Management Period

The structural measures like properly designed drainage network, adequate water storage pond,

properly designed paved area & buildings etc shall be provided in construction phase prior to

commissioning of plant operation. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the

extent of operation phase.

The non-structural actions shall be initiated with inception of commissioning stage and shall be

implemented & practiced as routine throughout the project life on all raining days during whole

monsoon season.

Budgetary Provision

Costs for Rain water harvesting programs have been included in budgetary provision for EMP of

Hydrology, Groundwater & Water Conservation.

Maintenance cost as and when required will be allocated by management.

10.5 ADMINISTRATIVE MEASURES

Environment & Safety Manager shall prepare & implement approved necessary procedure (including

necessary/required SOPs) and action plan. All employees & Contractors shall strictly ensure that all

works are done following the SOPs issued for the specific task. This shall be followed on regular basis

throughout the life of the project starting from the commissioning of the production unit. Such

procedures & action plan shall be followed on regular basis by all concerned employees/contractor

throughout the life of the project starting from the commissioning of the production unit. Wherever

required, such procedures/plan shall be revised and updated by Environment & safety Manager and

shall be implemented by him after getting checked by Plant Incharge& approved by Managing Director.

Environment & safety Manager shall regularly prepare the schedule of monitoring and get the

monitoring done timely. He shall ensure that the effluent quality is checked on daily basis by chemist.

He shall regularly review the results of water & wastewater quality submitted by Chemist /External

Environmental Lab for performance evaluation of implemented mitigation measures & installed ETP.

In case of any issue of non-functioning of any Pollution Control Measure and any Major Non-

Conformity,

o Concerned employee/contractor shall immediately inform/report environment & safety

manager.

o Upon receipt of such information, environment & safety Manager shall immediately report to

Plant Incharge to initiate necessary action till the non-conformity is closed to ensure there is no

issue of serious pollution arises due to operation of the plant.



o If required, Plant Incharge shall order to stop the operational activities causing air pollution

beyond acceptable level.

o The stopped operations/activities shall be started only after necessary maintenance &

restoration of failed Pollution control device/measure for efficient functioning.

o This task shall be done on regular basis throughout the life of the project starting from the

commissioning of the production unit.

On daily basis reporting by Environment & Safety Manager shall be done to the superior. Such

documentation/reporting shall be done on daily basis throughout the life of the project starting from

the commissioning of the production unit.

Managing Director, plant In-charge & environment & safety manager shall ensure that all necessary

budgetary provision made as per the actual requirement are sufficient for efficient implementation of

the EMP. Whenever required, necessary change in budgetary provision shall be made to overcome the

issue of non-conformity. The budget shall be reviewed and revised on yearly basis. The budget shall be

prepared by environment & safety manager, checked by Plant Incharge& approved timely by the

Managing Director.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-11: Summary & Conclusion (QCI-NABET Accredited) 11-1

CHAPTER: 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1INTRODUCTION ABOUT PROJECT

M/s. Beekaylon Synthetics Pvt. Ltd., Velugam has proposed to setup a new manufacturing unit at Survey No.:

287/1, 284P, 289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2; in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of U.T. of

Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The proposed new project involves the production of “Various types & grades of

Synthetic Polyester Yarns through continuous polymerization of MEG & PTA and various kinds of Fabrics”.

As per the EIA notification‐ 2006 as amended time to time, the proposed project for the production of

Synthetic filament yarn falls under Category “B” (Considered at central level due to applicability of GC).

Proponent had applied for approval of Terms of Reference for EIA study for proposed project on 03th October

2017 to EAC New Delhi. EAC vide letter no. J-11011/493/2017-IA II (I). Dated 16th November 2017 issued

approved/awarded TORs. The MOEF had earmarked the area covering 10 km radial area from site proposed

EIA study and exempted Public Hearing / Consultation as the project is to be developed in the notified

industrial Zone established before 2006.

11.2DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

The proposed project involves the production of Polyester POY/FDY/Staple Fibres & Granules @ 432000 TPA,

various types of Synthetic Filament Yarn @ 378000 TPA and various other types of manmade fibres like

Texturized Yarn/Twisted Yarn/Acrylic Yarn /Covered Yarn/Spandex Yarn etc. @288000TPA. The proposed

product line also includes Winding Of Yarn/Heat Setting Of Yarn/Circular Knitting/Warping / Warp

Knitting/Weaving Fabrics/Carpet Weaving/ Narrow Fabrics @ 36000 TPA and Colour Master Batch Chips /

granules@9000 TPA for manufacturing of synthetic manmade fibres & Polyester granules through continuous

polymerisation of MEG & PTA and knitting & weaving for fabric production at Survey No.: 287/1, 284P,

289/1/3, 289/1/2, 289/2 in the Notified Industrial Zone situated at Village-Velugam of D & NH-396 240 (U.T.

of Dadra and Nagar Haveli). (20° 8'15.46"N and 72°59'32.41"E). The capital cost of the proposed project is Rs.

443 Crore. The project site is well connected with State & National Highway network and the nearest National

Highway (NH48) is about 7.8 km W away from project site. The nearest interstate boundary is Gujarat (7.5 Km

E) and Maharashtra (0.3Km E) away from the project site. Nearest wildlife sanctuary- 1.30 E (D & NH Wild Life

Sanctuary), Vasona Lion safari 9.37 km NW(Approx.) & Dapada, Satmaliya Deer Park 5.3 Km NE (Approx.).

The proposed project will require Land –77800.00Sq. m., Water-3740 KL/day Fresh water (source: Irrigation

Canal/Ground water with required permission from CGWA), Power- 27 MW (supply from DNH Power

distribution corporation Ltd.).

In proposed unit HSD @3750 L/Hr will be used as fuel for DG sets (1 No. of 1000 KVA & 2 Nos. of 2500 KVA).

LSHS/ Furnace Oil 60 KLD for Boiler (1 No., 10 TPH, 2 Nos., 1 TPH) and Thermic Fluid Heater (3 Nos, 10 M

Kcal/Hr). Total employment of the project will be 1353 persons.

For the production of afore said products, company will require 7 raw materials out of which 1 chemical (Mono

Ethylene glycol) is hazardous in nature as per MSIHC rules (as amended), 2000. This hazardous material will

be received in tanker load by road tanker and stored in tanks provided in designated areas of storage. All safety

measures will be provided at design level with all required safety system for the specific chemicals to prevent

the associated hazards & risks.

The details of the major pollution potential/identified sources of impacts are presented below. A. Wastewater:



For Proposed project Domestic waste water generation will be 80 KLD whereas total industrial effluent generation will be 800.00 KLD. Sewage will be disposed off through septic tanks & STP. The industrial effluent will be treated in full-fledged in-house ETPs equipped with all required Primary, Secondary & Tertiary Treatment units. The treated effluent will be reused in cooling and gardening.

B. Emissions:

For the proposed project the stationary sources are Boilers (Stack: 30 m Ht. & 0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)) , DG sets (Stack: 30 m Ht. &0.15 m Dia. (Each)), and Thermic Fluid Heater (Stack: 30 m Ht. &0.5 m Dia. (Common Stack)) the emission quality from stationary sources will be below the applicable norms for the parameters.

C. Solid/Hazardous wastes:

Total ETP Waste from proposed project will be 60.00 MT/Month and will be sent to GEPIL site, Silvassa. Total used oil will be 1. KL and sold to registered refiners. Total empty drums will be 50000 Nos and reused for packing /sold to authorize scrap vendor. Total Process waste will be 15.00 MT/ Month and Sell to authorized recycler or for co-incineration or to Common Incineration Facility. Yarn waste & Lumps will be 750.00 MT/Month and it will be sell to actual users.

11.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATIONS

The present environmental impact assessment study has been conducted for the proposed Project. All

necessary details of proposed project has been studied & referred carefully to determine the anticipated

impacts of the proposed project. The baseline environment status established during the study has also been

considered for determination and assessment of anticipated impact of the project. After impact assessment

study necessary mitigations measures to minimise and/or eliminate the identified impacts of the project.

The summary of the Impacts Assessment study as well as planning of mitigation measures for anticipated

impacts are described in subsequent paragraphs under respective headings.

Anticipated Impacts

A. Ambient environment The identified main sources of impacts of the project are utilities (Boiler, TFH & DG set) emission. The

pollutants emitted from these sources are PM, SOx, NOx and CO. The effect of the pollutants on human and

fauna may occur in form of respiratory problem, asthma, bronchitis, allergic condition, effects on vision etc.

Severity of these effects varies according to the level of increase of the pollutant in the ambient air.

Detailed modelling for air quality change has been done to ascertain the level of change of these pollutants. It

has been found that Maximum Resultant GLC from the proposed project would be 1.74 for PM2.5, 1.76 for

PM10, 17.96 for SOx, 33.48 for NOx, 0.10 for CO. This values are under the permissible limit by CPCB.

B. Noise & vibration The main sources of noise pollutions from the projects are machineries like Extruders, Spindle Driven Turrets

and dryer etc. In work place exposure to these sources will be high due to continuous operation of

manufacturing process. Head ache is most likely to occur in employee engaged in this area. Also up on long

time, such regular exposure may result in hearing impairment of the employee engaged in this area.

Transportation of raw material and products will increase the movements of truck which in turn will increase

the noise level. The increased noise level in such way will have effects on sleeping of people as well as fauna

of the transport route.

C. Water environment: During operation & commissioning phase, major impacts are noticed in case of transportation activities,

materials storage & handling, manufacturing process, wastewater& hazardous/solid waste management

activities and Breakdown & maintenance of control equipment. The major impacts of these activities will occur

only due to water pollution and negligible on hydrology (Surface water & groundwater). Due to such

contamination of water resources, increase in pollutant levels & toxicity of water resources due to mixing of



toxic chemical is most likely to occur and some water quality parameters like the pH, TDS, Hardness, Alkalinity

& Acidity, Sodium, Chloride, Sulfate, BOD, COD, TOC and Phenolic compounds are likely to increase to a greater

extent depending up on the quantity of chemicals spilled/leak causing the impact. As a result of such increased

toxicity of affected water bodies, considerable toxic effects on aquatic organism, as well any other animal

consuming the water and flora irrigated with the contaminated water can be occur.

D. Land Environment: The identified major impact of soil due to pollutant load on soil, such impacts would occur mainly due to from

materials storage & handling activities and manufacturing process due to malfunctioning or major hazard

occurred in storage & process area. The intensity and quantum of such impact may vary depending on the

contents of wastewater & solid/hazardous waste causing the impacts. Due to the above said impacts, it will

affect the soil quality, soil fertility and depletion/reduction of soil organisms (biotic factor of soil). As a result

of such impacts, soil quality parameters like the pH, soluble salt, inorganic elements, SAR, Nutrient level, Total

Carbon, Carbon to Nitrogen Ratio and Biological organisms are likely to be affected to a greater extent

depending up on the quantity & nature of chemicals spilled/leak causing the impact. The toxicant in soil may

also affect the flora of the region and up on use of such flora toxic effects may occur on the consumer of the

affected flora. Irrigation of soil may contaminate/pollute water. Minor beneficial impacts of the operation

phase of the project is identified in terms of improvement in plantation status of vicinity area due to greenbelt

development.

E. Ecology & Biodiversity Long term or short term Negative impact because of materials storage & handling, manufacturing process,

utility emission and Breakdown & maintenance of control equipment, release/spill/leak of toxic materials from

project will occur on ecological environment. Such environmental contamination caused by emissions & toxic

chemicals may lead to heavy toxic load on ecological components (biotic & abiotic) which may have very

adverse effects on flora, fauna and ecological habitat depending up on the toxicity type & level of the

contaminant. The above said impacts due to the toxicity of contaminants released may also occur in the distant

fauna due to the interaction & migration of the fauna between micro habitats of the region. The eventual toxic

effects of the said impacts may increase as a result of bio-magnification in food chain and food web. The heat

radiated from fire site during Major Fire Hazard may cause burning and drying of flora of nearby area

(Especially greenbelt) which in turn may result in adverse impacts on micro habitat of the local area and thus

may result in considerable adverse impacts on ecology.

F. Socio-Economic Environment About 1353 people will be directly employed and many other will be indirectly employed due to the project,

which will result in economic improvement. It will result in major positive impacts in terms of improvement in

status of employment & economy of the area. Such improvement will also lead to the improvement in other

social indicators like lifestyle, education & health etc. Fire & explosion in material storage area and

manufacturing area may result in considerable Major negative impact on socioeconomic environment, which

may cause the problem of health of local people and domestic animals of the affected area. Due to such

hazards, loss or damage of crop of nearby agricultural fields may occur and also will result in very serious

health issues like respiratory problem, cancer, irritation to eye & nose, skin problem etc.

G. Work Environment Major negative short term impacts on health & safety are anticipated due to the injury, health effects due to

unfavorable work place conditions and ergonomic issues related with material handling & transportation,

manufacturing process, maintenance works. Such impacts will occur mainly in terms of MSD and other injury

(cut, burn, irritation eye & respiratory tract etc.) are likely to occur due to lifting or shifting of heavy goods and

equipment. Rotating machineries & sharp edged tools/machinery can cause serious injury (like cut, fracture



of bone, crushing of hand etc.) to the employee engaged in operation of the machinery. Due to release of toxic

materials in air of workplace during handling & transfer of materials, process and catastrophic incident may

occur in terms of major health effects like saponification fat of cell, necrosis, lung injury & burns of the upper

airway, burn of oropharynx/ oesophagus/ stomach, development of blisters, ulcerations, dyspnoea, pleuritic

chest pain, cough and bronchospasm, conjunctival irritation and chemosis, corneal epithelial defects, limbal

ischemia, permanent vision loss etc.

Mitigation Measures:

A. Ambient Environment

CPCB approved DG Set, only to be used during power failure.

Adequate height of the stacks shall be attached to Boilers , TFHs and DG Sets

Regular Monitoring as per monitoring plan

B. Noise & vibration

Proper non-vibrating foundation, rubber padding and Regular maintenance of the equipment &

machineries including static /dynamic balancing & lubrication for rotating/vibrating

equipment/machinery

Housing in closed area and/or acoustic enclosures & silencers for high noise generating

equipment/machinery. Barriers wherever required/possible.

C. Water Environment

Adequate effluent treatment plant for wastewater.

Treated waste water is reused again in gardening & cooling tower.

Maximum possible recycling of water in process& gardening

Impervious lining of floor of chemical storage and production area with all necessary

arrangement of prevention of spread up and collection of spilled/leaked materials

Hazardous waste storage area with leachate collection line connected with ETP and disposal as

per the regulatory guideline/provisions.

Domestic effluent disposal through adequate soak pit and septic tank.

D. Landuse

Greenbelt development in and around premises.

Measures for protection of vegetation area from fire hazards.

E. Soil Quality

Connection of storage & production area with ETP or waste collection facility for collection of

toxic material accidentally spilled/leaked.

No disposal of Effluent outside the company premises as the treated effluent will be reused for

gardening & cooling tower.

Hazardous waste disposal as per regulatory provision

Domestic waste water should be disposed off only through adequate septic tank and then soaks

pit.

Proper impervious lining in material storage area as well as production area

Proper air pollution control system to control the gaseous pollutant &dust emission of the

project.

All mitigation measures as suggested by respective FAEs (of AP, AQ, WP, RH)

Transportation activities shall be done with provision of all necessary safety measures

F. Ecology & Diversity

All necessary control & measures for prevention of release of toxic contaminants from project

as well as for prevention of pollution due to emissions of the project



Safety measures & action plan for prevention of spreading of toxic materials being transported

Creation &Maintenance of dense greenbelt in and around the company premises.


G. Socioeconomics

Mitigation and control/ prevention measures for prevention & control of environmental

pollution and hazards & risk

Prevention of contaminated runoff

Regular medical check-up and Proper public relation to prevent conflicts with local people

Regular CSR activity for Social welfare & upliftment of local people

Work Environment





Chemical safety plan shall be prepared & implemented before commissioning & routine

operation of the plant.

RA study for the proposed project shall be conducted & all necessary hazard/risk

control/prevention measures shall be implemented before erection & commissioning of plant.

(RA Study is conducted for proposed project, Refer Annexure V)

Proper storage shall be provided for all hazardous materials and there shall be adequate

isolation between two materials as required for safe storage condition.

All fittings in area having flammable materials shall be flameproof and all necessary fire-fighting

facilities shall be ensured in this area.


All necessary PPEs, Safety & emergency equipment shall be provided for all concern employee

in all areas

Disaster management plan shall be prepared & all necessary arrangement for emergency action

plan shall be provided well before commissioning of plant.

Regular occupational health check program shall be conducted. Pre-employment & Annual post-

employment health check-up of all employee shall be done. Health check of affected employee

shall be done when any employee is significantly exposed to hazardous material.

11.4 CONCLUSION

It has been revealed from impact assessment study that the continuous impacts due to utility emissions, water

consumption, wastewater generation & disposal and occupational hazards are of main concern for the EIA

study for the proposed project. However, it is marked that the impacts of the emission from boilers, TFHs and

DG sets will be acceptable & insignificant as adequate stack height will be provided, and LSHS/ Furnace Oil: &

Diesel are used as fuel in Boilers, TFHs & DG sets respectively, and confirming the CPCB Standards. Also the

impacts of the wastewater generation will be very minimal as wastewater will be regularly treated adequately

in efficient treatment and reused cooling tower. And the domestic water will be treated in STP and will be

used in gardening. Further, hazardous/solid waste generation from proposed project will be ETP sludge,

Process waste, used oil &discarded containers/barrels/ bags which will be managed as per regulatory

requirement. The used oil will be Reuse or Sell to registered refiners, empty containers/bags/drums will be



Reuse for packing or Sell to authorized scrap vendor, the ETP sludge will be sent to TSDF, Process waste, will

be Sell to actual users.

In addition to these, it has been anticipated that significant impacts are likely to occur due to the hazards

associated with the industrial operations and accidents. It is revealed in risk assessment study that the impacts

of hazards associated with proposed project is likely to be major in case of catastrophes only. Minor incidents

of spill/leak will not have serious impacts on occupational health & safety but will be controllable with

adequate safety practices & preventive measures. However, continuous exposure of employees to some toxic

chemicals may lead to some health issues which need to be controlled by efficient occupational health

management program & activities.


UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. Chapter-12: Disclosure of consultant engaged (QCI-NABET Accredited Consultant Organization) 12-1

CHAPTER: 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.1. ABOUT UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT & RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD.

Unistar Environment And Research Labs Private Limited is a company registered under the companies Act in

India (Vapi, Gujarat) to provide efficient and economical services in the areas of environmental pollution

control/ monitoring and chemical analysis & research activities to various industries and institutions. Unistar

Environment and Research Labs Private Limited is a service providing organization rendering a wide range of

environment pollution control related services.

Unistar Environment And Research Labs Private Limited is a growing environmental pollution control service

providing company having a team of qualified and experienced persons from various disciplines to handle

complex assignments. In addition, we have a pool of highly qualified experts from related and specialized

fields to draw upon should an assignment dictate so. The organization has a sufficing infrastructure along

with a fully equipped laboratory and field staff.

The client list includes some of the foremost industry houses in India, mainly in the area of pharmaceuticals,

Personal care products, Metal and Metal Processing, Textile processing, Paper manufacturing, Dyes and

Intermediates, Specialty chemicals, Engineering (Fabrication, surface Treatment, coating and assembling),

Plastics and Packaging, Hotels, various miscellaneous industrial units and government and semi-government

departments.

The company aims to provide effective and optimum environment management systems for treatment &

control of gaseous emissions, water, wastewater and hazardous waste.

Vision – To establish a strong technical foothold in the area of environmental pollution control, Monitoring,

Chemical testing and Research.

Mission - to provide reliable and economical solution in timely manner that best meets the individual

concerns for each client.

Our Services - M/s. Unistar Environment and Research Labs Pvt. Ltd. provide the following services in the

field of environment:

Consultancy Services:

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study.

Treatability/Feasibility study to establish Effluent Treatment Scheme.

Study of pollution control system and its adequacy & efficacy.

Environmental Audit of the industrial units.

Environmental studies and reports.

Legal and Technical assistance to comply with environmental legislations.

Environmental Monitoring Services:

Post Environment Clearance monitoring programs.

Potable water testing as per IS 10500: 2012 and WHO standard.

Chemical & Microbial monitoring and analysis of Water & Waste Water.

Hazardous and non-hazardous Solid Wastes and soil samples monitoring and analysis.

Ambient Air quality, Work place, Flue gas stack, process gas stack emission, Ambient Noise level

Monitoring.

Analytical testing of all kind of chemicals, metals, etc.



Engineering Services:

Designing, Erection and Commissioning of ETP and STP.

Designing, Erection and Commissioning of APCD.

Operation & Maintenance of ETP and STP.

Introducing Our Additional Services:

Education and training in the area of Energy, Safety, Health, Various CSR activities and Environment.

CSR Activity plan or Proposal and implementation, documentation and reporting.

Carry out Social Need Assessment study.

Conducting CSR Audits.

Recognition

1) MoEF&CC (Govt. Of India) Recognized Environmental Laboratory under the Environment (Protection)

Act-1986.

2) GPCB (Govt. Of Gujarat) Recognized Environmental Auditor (Schedule- II).

3) QCI-NABET Accredited Consultant Organization under the “Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant

Organization (Version 3)”.

4) NABL (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005) Accredited Testing Laboratory.

5) OSHAS 18001:2007 certified Occupational Health & Safety Management System.

6) ISO 9001: 2015 certified company.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...